Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

rules in heaven

  • 1 πολιτεύομαι

    πολιτεύομαι (πολίτης; the mid., which is the only voice found in our lit., since Thu., Aristoph.+) 1 aor. ἐπολιτευσάμην, subj. 1 pl. πολιτευσώμεθα; pf. πεπολίτευμαι.
    ① to be a citizen, have one’s citizenship/home (Philo, Conf. Lingu. 78 [s. πολίτευμα]) of Christians ἐν οὐρανῷ Dg 5:9 (Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 23 of a deceased person: μετὰ θεῶν πολιτεύεσθαι; Hippol., Ref. 6, 34, 3 of angels: π. ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ τῇ ἄνω; cp. Iren. 4, 5, 3 [Harv. II 156, 8; here opposite ξενιτεύω ‘live away from home’]).
    ② to administrate a corporate body, rule
    ⓐ of a head of state, govern a state abs. (Thu. 2, 15, 1 al.; Jos., Ant. 14, 91 π. ἐν Ἱερος.) of God, who ἐν οὐρανοῖς πολιτεύεται rules in heaven Dg 10:7.
    ⓑ of church officials (Orig., C. Cels. 3, 30, 15) 1 Cl 44:6.
    ③ to conduct one’s life, live, lead one’s life (UPZ 144, 14 [164/163 B.C.] ὁσίως κ. δικαίως; Hierocles 11, 444; Ps.-Liban., Charact. Ep. p. 31, 5 σεμνῶς; 34, 1; 2 Macc 6:1; 11:25; 3 Macc 3:4; 4 Macc 2:8 al.; ApcEsdr 2:9; Philo, Virt. 161, Spec. Leg. 4, 226; Jos., Ant. 12, 142, Vi. 12; Just., Tat., Ath.; Did., Gen. 153, 28 καλῶς) καλῶς κ. ἁγνῶς Hs 5, 6, 6. ὁσίως 1 Cl 6:1. ἀξίως τινός Phil 1:27 (RBrewer, JBL 73, ’54, 76–83: ‘discharge your obligations as citizens’; EMiller, JSNT 15, ’82, 86–96; EKrentz, in Origins and Method, JHurd Festschr., ed. BMcLean ’93, 114–17); 1 Cl 21:1; Pol 5:2. μετὰ φόβου καὶ ἀγάπης 1 Cl 51:2. (W. πορεύεσθαι) πολιτεύεσθαι κατὰ τὸ καθῆκον τῷ Χριστῷ 3:4 (πολ. κατά τι as SIG 618, 12 [188 B.C.]; 2 Macc 11:25; 4 Macc 2:23; EpArist 31; Jos., Ant. 12, 142; Did., Gen. 196, 29); π. πολιτείαν 54:4 (πολιτεία 3). W. a double dat. συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ θεῷ I have lived my life with a clear conscience before God Ac 23:1 (for the dat. τῷ θεῷ cp. PHib 63, 10 [III B.C.] εἰ οὕτως πολιτευσόμεθα ἀλλήλοις).—Straub p. 30. DELG s.v. πόλις. M-M. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πολιτεύομαι

  • 2 por

    prep.
    1 because of (causa).
    por mí no te preocupes don't worry about me
    ¿por qué? why?
    ¿por qué lo dijo? why did she say it?
    ¿por qué no vienes? why don't you come?
    ¿por? (informal) why?
    se enfadó por tu comportamiento she got angry because of your behavior
    lo hizo por amor he did it out of o for love
    2 (in order) to.
    lo hizo por complacerte he did it to please you
    lo hice por ella I did it for her
    3 by (medio, modo, agente).
    por mensajero/fax/teléfono by courier/fax/telephone
    estuvimos hablando por teléfono we were talking on the phone
    por escrito in writing
    lo cogieron por el brazo they took him by the arm
    el récord fue batido por el atleta the record was broken by the athlete
    4 through.
    vamos por aquí/allí let's go this/that way
    iba paseando por el bosque/la calle she was walking through the forest/along the street
    pasar por la aduana to go through customs
    5 for (a cambio de, en lugar de).
    lo ha comprado por poco dinero she bought it for very little
    cambió el coche por la moto he exchanged his car for a motorbike
    él lo hará por mí he'll do it for me
    6 per.
    mil unidades por semana a thousand units a o per week
    uno por uno one by one
    20 kms por hora 20 km an o per hour
    7 for.
    baja por tabaco go down to the shops for some cigarettes, go down to get some cigarettes
    a por for
    vino a por las entradas she came for the tickets
    8 times, multiplied by.
    * * *
    1 (gen) for
    2 (a través de) through, by
    3 (calle, carretera) along, down, up
    ■ íbamos por la calle cuando... we were walking along the street when...
    4 (lugar aproximado) in, near, round
    5 (causa) because of
    6 (tiempo) at, for
    7 (medio) by
    10 (tras) by
    12 (a favor de) for, in favour of, US in favor of
    14 (en lugar de) instead of, in the place of
    15 (multiplicado por) times, multiplied by
    ■ tres por cuatro, doce three fours are twelve, three times four is twelve
    16 por adjective que no matter how adjective
    ■ por caro que sea, lo voy a comprar no matter how expensive it is I'm going to buy it
    ■ por viejo que parezca funciona even though it looks old, it still works
    \
    estar por + inf (a punto de) to be on the point of + - ing
    estar por hacer to remain to be done, not to have been done yet
    por aquí around here
    por lo tanto therefore
    por lo visto apparently
    por más que + subjuntivo however much, no matter how much
    por mucho que + subjuntivo however much, no matter how much
    por mí as far as I am concerned
    ¿por qué? why?
    por supuesto of course
    por tanto therefore, so
    * * *
    prep.
    1) for
    3) by
    7) per
    8) from
    •
    * * *
    PREPOSICIÓN
    1) [causa]
    a) + sustantivo because of

    • nos encontramos por casualidad — we met by chance

    • lo hago por gusto — I do it because I like to

    • por temor a — for fear of

    b) + infin
    c) + adj
    2) [objetivo]
    a) + sustantivo for
    b) + infin

    por no llegar tarde — so as not to arrive late, in order not to be late

    3) (=en favor, defensa de) for

    hazlo por mí — do it for me, do it for my sake

    4) [elección]
    5) [evidencia] judging by, judging from

    por lo que dicen — judging by o from what they say

    por la cara que pone no debe de gustarle — judging by o from his face I don't think he likes it

    por las señas no piensa hacerlo — apparently he's not intending to do it, it doesn't seem like he's intending to do it

    6) [medio]

    • por correo — by post

    • por mar — by sea

    • hablar por señas — to use sign language

    7) [agente] by

    "dirigido por" — "directed by"

    8) [modo] by

    • por orden alfabético — in alphabetical order

    9) [lugar]

    ¿por dónde? — which way?

    10) [aproximación]

    por aquí cerca — near o around here

    por la feria — round about o around carnival time

    11) [tiempo]
    12) [duración] for
    13) [sustitución, intercambio] (=a cambio de) for; (=en lugar de) instead of
    14) [representación]

    interceder por algn — to intercede on sb's behalf, intercede for sb

    vino por su jefe — he came instead of o in place of his boss

    15) [distribución]

    80km por hora — 80km per o an hour

    tres dólares por persona — three dollars each, three dollars per person

    16) [en multiplicaciones]

    cinco por tres, quince — five times three is fifteen, five threes are fifteen

    17) (=en cuanto a)

    por mí no hay inconveniente — that's fine as o so far as I'm concerned

    por mí, que se vaya — as o so far as I'm concerned he can go, for all I care he can go

    por mí, como si quieres pasar una semana sin comer — I don't care if you want to go for a week without eating

    si por mi fuera, tú estarías trabajando — if it were o was down to me, you'd be working

    18) (=como)

    • tomar a algn por esposo/esposa — to take sb to be one's husband/wife

    • le tienen por tonto — they think he's stupid

    19) [concesión]
    + subjun

    por mucho que lo quisieran — however much they would like to, much as they would like to

    por más que lo intente — no matter how o however hard I try, try as I might

    20) [acción inacabada]
    + infin
    21) ir (a) por algo/algn (=en busca de) to go and get sth/sb

    voy a por él — [a buscarle] I'll go and get him; [a atacarle] I'm going to get him

    solo van a por las pelas — * they're only in it for the money

    ¡a por ellos! — get them!

    22) [en preguntas]
    por qué why

    ¿por qué no vienes conmigo? — why don't you come with me?

    ¿por? * why (do you ask)?
    * * *
    1) ( en relaciones causales) because of

    por falta de dinero — because of o owing to lack of money

    si no fuera por mi hijo... — if it wasn't for my son...

    por + inf — for -ing

    2) ( según)

    por lo que parece... — it seems o it would seem...

    ¿por qué no vienes conmigo? — why don't you come with me?

    por si — in case; acaso, mosca II

    por más que me esfuerzo — however hard o no matter how hard I try

    por (muy) fácil que sea — however easy o no matter how easy it is

    5)

    colócalos por orden de tamaño/altura — put them in order of size/height

    por avión/barco/carretera — by air/sea/road

    me enteré por un amigo — I heard from o through a friend

    c) (Educ) from
    6)

    cobra $30 por clase — he charges $30 a o per class

    uno por uno — one by one; ciento II

    tres por cuatro (son) doce — three times four is twelve, three fours are twelve

    7)
    a) (en relaciones de sustitución, intercambio, representación) for
    b) ( como)

    ¿acepta usted por esposa a Carmen? — do you take Carmen to be your (lawful wedded) wife?

    9) (expresando finalidad, objetivo)

    por + inf: daría cualquier cosa por verla — I'd give anything to see her

    por que + subj ( here por que can also be written porque): estaba ansioso por que lo escucharan — he was eager for them to listen to him

    10) (indicando consideración, favor) for
    11) (indicando inclinación, elección)

    salió/fue por or (Esp) a por pan — he went (out) for some bread, he went (out) to get some bread

    por mí que haga lo que quiera — as far as I'm concerned, he can do what he likes

    por + inf: tengo la casa por limpiar — I've got the house to clean

    15) (esp AmL)

    estar por + inf — ( estar a punto de)

    16) (indicando lugar de acceso, salida, trayectoria)

    ¿el 121 va por (la) Avenida Rosas? — does the 121 go along Rosas Avenue?

    ¿por dónde has venido? — which way did you come?

    ¿puedes pasar por la tintorería? — could you call in at o drop by the drycleaner's?

    17)

    ¿por dónde está or queda el hotel? — whereabouts is the hotel?

    ¿qué tal te fue por Londres? — how did you get on in London?

    por todos lados or por todas partes — everywhere

    voy por la página 15 — I'm up to o I'm on page 15

    pasa un trapo por el piso — give the floor a quick wipe; ver tb afuera, adentro, dentro, fuera, encima, etc

    por aquella época or por aquel entonces — at that time

    19) (Esp) ( indicando una ocasión) for
    20) ( durante) for

    por el momento or por ahora — for the time being o for now; ver tb mañana III, tarde II, noche

    * * *
    = across, along, around, because of, by, by, down, for the sake of, in connection with, in the gift of, on account of, on the grounds that/of, per, through, times, under, x, as a matter of, out of, through the agency of.
    Ex. This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.
    Ex. This means that a large number of messages can be combined together along the same line, giving economies of scales.
    Ex. I wouldn't expect you to be detailed in your report in terms of where the bookmible would stop around town and where you'd park it.
    Ex. This makes him feel somehow defficient and all because of his difficulty in making sense out of words in print with which his troubles began.
    Ex. A set of government publications could be filed alphabetically by the issuing bureau, and then by title of the particular series in numerical order.
    Ex. Micrographic and computer technologies and their integration will become increasingly efficacious as agents for change with respect to the continued existence of the traditional 75 by 125 millimeter card.
    Ex. Some users find the format of KWIC indexes unacceptable, they find alphabetical arrangement by keywords down the centre of a page, and wrapped-round titles awkward.
    Ex. The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.
    Ex. There is an index to the schedules, but this has been criticised in connection with the size of the entry vocabulary.
    Ex. Its notability is seen to lie in the fact that it has significantly broken the stranglehold upon postgraduate studentships in the gift of the Science and Engineering Research Council.
    Ex. Partly on account of the variety of bases for coverage there is significant overlap between the assortment of abstracting and indexing services.
    Ex. AACR2 has been criticised on the grounds that it does not identify the cataloguing unit to which the rules refer.
    Ex. Indexing can thus be achieved at a detailed level, with often many terms per document, with almost no indexing effort.
    Ex. The contributions are input to the data base, then referred and any suggestion made by the referee are communicated through the data base to the editor.
    Ex. 4 days times 30 cents per day = 120 cents.
    Ex. One of the outcomes of entry under title has been the proliferation of serials titles.
    Ex. Card catalogues or indexes comprise a set of cards often 5x3 inches (122x72 mm), with each entry on a separate card.
    Ex. Most drivers stop at stop signs: Some do under duress -- there may be a policeman concealed in nearby bushes, others as a matter of prudence -- a fast car with the right of way can be injurious.
    Ex. But these and other interested people collected this type of books out of a mixture of curiosity and sentiment.
    Ex. This article argues that critical thinking, a long sought after goal in the US educational system, may be taught efficiently through the agency of library use instructions within the college environment.
    ----
    * actuar por impulso = act on + impulse.
    * aprendizaje por medio del ordenador = computer-based learning (CBL).
    * aunque por otro lado = but otherwise.
    * búsqueda por medio de menús = menu-assisted searching.
    * coger por sorpresa = catch out.
    * Día + por la tarde = late + Día.
    * digamos por ejemplo = let us say.
    * dominar por completo = sweep + the board.
    * encontrar por casualidad = come across.
    * encuadernación por encargo = bespoke binding.
    * error por omisión = omission failure.
    * estar por delante de = be ahead of.
    * hecho por encargo = bespoke.
    * introducir por primera vez = pioneer.
    * leer por encima = browse.
    * llamar por teléfono = call up.
    * muy por encima de todo = over and above all.
    * Nombre + por primera vez = Nombre + ever.
    * ordenado por fecha = in date order.
    * pasar por alto = bypass [by-pass], skip over, pass + Nombre/Pronombre + by.
    * pongamos por ejemplo = let us say.
    * por accidente = accidentally.
    * por adelantado = advance, in advance (of), up-front [up front].
    * por ahí = out there.
    * por ahora = as of right now, as yet, at present, at the moment, at this point, for the present, for the time being, just yet, for now, at this time, as of now, at the present, by now, for the nonce.
    * por ahora todo va bien = so far, so good.
    * por alguna razón = for some reason, for whatever reason.
    * por algún motivo = for whatever reason.
    * por algún tiempo = for sometime.
    * por allí = nearby [near-by].
    * por amor al arte = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por analogía = by analogy.
    * por anticipado = in advance (of).
    * por antonomasia = quintessential, unique.
    * por añadidura = in addition (to), on top of everything else.
    * por aquel entonces = at the time, about that time, by this time.
    * por aquí = around here, nearby [near-by], round here.
    * por aquí y por allí = hanging about.
    * por así decir = as it were.
    * por boca de = by word of mouth.
    * por bondad = out of the goodness of + Posesivo + heart.
    * por buena dirección = a step in the right direction.
    * por buen camino = a step in the right direction.
    * por cabeza = per person.
    * por cable = wireline, corded.
    * por caminos apartados = off-road.
    * por capas = multilayered [multi-layered/multi layered], layered, tiered.
    * por casualidad = by chance, coincidentally, fortuitously, by accident, by happenstance, happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo, accidentally, by a fluke, by luck, by a stroke of (good) luck.
    * por chiripa = by chance, by a fluke, by luck, by a stroke of (good) luck.
    * por ciento = per cent [percent] (%).
    * por cierto = coincidentally, incidentally, by the way, anecdotally, by the by(e), speaking of which.
    * por coincidencia = by coincidence.
    * por comodidad = for convenience, for the sake of + convenience.
    * por completo = fully.
    * por confirmar = to be announced, to be confirmed.
    * por consideración a = out of respect for.
    * por consideración a = out of consideration for.
    * por consiguiente = consequently, then, thence, by implication, therefore.
    * por contra = in contrast.
    * por conveniencia = for convenience, for the sake of + convenience.
    * por correo = by post, mailed.
    * por cortesía de = courtesy of.
    * por cualquier motivo = for whatever reason.
    * por cualquier razón = for whatever reason.
    * por cuanto que = because.
    * por cuenta ajena = vicariously.
    * por cuenta de uno = privately.
    * por cuenta propia = freelance, self-employed, at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por cuenta y riesgo de Uno = at + Posesivo + peril.
    * por curiosidad = out of curiosity.
    * por debajo de = below, beneath, underneath.
    * por debajo de + Cantidad = under + Cantidad.
    * por debajo de cero = sub-zero, below-freezing.
    * por debajo del 10 por ciento = single digit, single figure.
    * por debajo de la media = sub-par, below-average.
    * por debajo de las posibilidades = below + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * por debajo de lo normal = below-normal.
    * por debajo de lo óptimo = sub-optimal [suboptimal].
    * por debajo del peso nomral = underweight.
    * por décadas = ten-yearly.
    * por decidir = to be decided.
    * por decirlo así = so to speak, in a manner of speaking.
    * por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.
    * por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.
    * por decisión propia = by choice.
    * por defecto = by default, default.
    * por deferencia a = in deference to.
    * por definición = by definition.
    * por delante = ahead.
    * por delante de = ahead of.
    * por delante de la competencia = ahead of the game.
    * por delante y por detrás = front and back.
    * por dentro = inwardly.
    * por desgracia = unfortunately, sadly, unhappily, disappointingly.
    * por despecho = spitefully, out of spite.
    * ¡por dios! = in heaven's name, for God's sake, gosh.
    * ¡por Dios! = for crying out loud!.
    * por diversión = for sport, for fun, (just) for the hell of (doing) it, for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it.
    * por divertirse = for kicks.
    * por doquier = all around.
    * por dos años = two-year.
    * por ejemplo = e.g. (latín - exempli gratia), for example, for instance, say, to illustrate, for the sake of + argument.
    * por (el) amor a = for the love of.
    * ¡por el amor de Dios! = for crying out loud!.
    * por el bien del saber = for knowledge's sake.
    * por el contrario = by contrast, conversely, however, in contrast, instead, on the contrary, by way of contrast, to the contrary, quite the opposite, by comparison, contrariwise, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.
    * por el cual = whereby, whereupon.
    * por el detalle = for detail.
    * por el día = by day, daytime [day-time], during the daytime, in the daytime, during daytime.
    * por el día o por la noche = day or night.
    * por el día y por la noche = day and night, night and day.
    * por elección propia = by choice.
    * por el gobierno = governmentally + Adjetivo.
    * por el gobierno federal = federally.
    * por el hecho de que = because of the fact that.
    * por el hombre = humanly.
    * por ello = on this basis, on that basis, accordingly.
    * por el mero hecho de saber = for knowledge's sake.
    * por el método de ensayo y error = by trial and error, trial and error.
    * por el modo = by the way.
    * por el momento = for the time being, momentarily, at the moment, for the nonce, for the present.
    * por el placer de hacerlo = (just) for the fun of (doing) it.
    * por el que se puede cobrar = chargeable.
    * por el receptor = at the receiving end.
    * por el sexo = gendered.
    * por encargo = custom, bespoke.
    * por encima = overhead, cursorily.
    * por encima de = across, beyond, beyond all, over, over and above, beyond the range of, well over + Expresión Numérica, overarching, above.
    * por encima de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad.
    * por encima de eso = beyond that.
    * por encima del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.
    * por encima de la media = above average.
    * por encima de la tierra = aboveground.
    * por encima de toda crítica = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * por encima de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * por encima de todo = at all costs, at any cost, at any price.
    * por ende = thereby, accordingly, therefore.
    * por enfado = out of anger.
    * por enojo = out of anger.
    * por error = by mistake.
    * por esa razón = thereby, for that reason.
    * por escrito = in writing, in print, written.
    * por eso = on that score, therefore.
    * por eso que = hence.
    * por esta razón = for this reason.
    * por esta única razón = for this reason alone.
    * por este motivo = for this reason.
    * por esto = thus, accordingly, therefore.
    * por etapas = staged.
    * por excelencia = par excellence, quintessential, unique.
    * por exceso = excessively, to excess.
    * por explotar = untapped.
    * por + Expresión Temporal = by the + Expresión Temporal.
    * por extensión = by extension.
    * por extenso = in full, at length.
    * por falta de = for want of, for lack of.
    * por fases = staged.
    * por favor = please.
    * por favor, responda = RSVP [R.S.V.P.].
    * por fin = at length, at last, finally, at long last.
    * por fin llegó la hora (de) = it's about time (that).
    * por frustración = out of frustration.
    * por fuera = outwardly, outwardly.
    * por grupos = in batches.
    * por gusto = for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por hora = hourly.
    * por horas = on an hourly basis.
    * por igual = alike, on an equitable basis, equally, in equal measure(s).
    * por imitación = copycat.
    * por incremento gradual = incremental.
    * por incrementos graduales = incrementally.
    * por individuo = per capita, per person.
    * por iniciativa de = at the instigation of, under the auspices of.
    * por instinto = instinctively.
    * por interés = out of interest.
    * por interés personal = self-interested.
    * por investigar = unresearched.
    * por invitación = invitational.
    * por invitación de = at the invitation of.
    * por la borda = overboard.
    * por la cantidad de + Número = amounting to + Cantidad.
    * por la forma = by the way.
    * por la friolera de + Cantidad = to the tune of + Cantidad.
    * por la fuerza = forcibly.
    * por la mala fortuna = by ill fate.
    * por la mala suerte = by ill luck, by bad luck, by ill fate.
    * por la manera = by the way.
    * por la mañana = in the morning.
    * por la mañana y por la noche = morning and night.
    * por la noche = overnight, at night, night-time, after dark, by night.
    * por la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.
    * por la presente = hereby.
    * por las buenas o por las malas = by hook or by crook.
    * por la sencilla razón = for no other reason.
    * por las nubes = soaring.
    * por la tarde = in the evening.
    * por ley = mandated.
    * por libre = freelance.
    * por línea telefónica = over the telephone line.
    * por lo general = on the whole, all in all, in general, generally, generally speaking, in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.
    * por lo pronto = for the time being.
    * por lo que = so.
    * por lo que concierne a = as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, so far as + Nombre + be concerned.
    * por lo que concierne a Uno = on + Posesivo + side.
    * por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.
    * por lo que es = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por lo que incumbe a Uno = on + Posesivo + side.
    * ¡Por lo que más quieras! = for God's sake.
    * por lo que se refiere a = moving on to.
    * por lo que son = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por lo que yo sé = to the best of my knowledge.
    * por los pelos = by the skin of + Posesivo + teeth, close call, close shave.
    * por los siguientes motivos = on the following counts.
    * por los suelos = in tatters.
    * por lo tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.
    * por lo visto = apparently, apparently.
    * por mala fortuna = unfortunately, unhappily, sadly.
    * por mala suerte = by ill luck, by bad luck, by a stroke of bad luck, by ill fate.
    * por mal camino = astray.
    * por más que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * por materias = subject-based, topically.
    * por mecionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention only a few.
    * por medio = out of.
    * por medio de = by means of, by way of, in the form of, through, via, via the medium of, by dint of, through the agency of.
    * por medio de isótopos = isotopically.
    * por medio de otro(s) = by proxy.
    * por medio de una agencia = on a bureau basis.
    * por mencionar sólo algunos = to mention but a few of, to mention only a few.
    * por mencionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention but a few of, to name only some.
    * por mencionar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por mencionar unos pocos = just to name a few.
    * por menús = menu-driven.
    * por méritos = meritorious.
    * por mes = per month.
    * por miedo de = for fear of/that.
    * por millones = in the millions, by the millions.
    * por mor de = because of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.
    * por motivo de = in the interest(s) of.
    * por motivos de = for the sake of, on grounds.
    * por motivos de + Nombre = for + Nombre's sake.
    * por muchas razones = in many ways.
    * por mucho que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * por mucho tiempo = for long, for long periods of time.
    * por muy + Adjetivo/Adverbio + Nombre + que + Subjuntivo = however + Adjetivo/Adverbio + Nombre + Verbo.
    * por muy + Adjetivo/Adverbio + que sea = however + Adjetivo/Adverbio.
    * por muy + Adjetivo + be = Adjetivo + though + Nombre + be.
    * por muy difícil que parezca = difficult though it may seem, difficult as it may seem.
    * por muy extraño que parezca = oddly enough, strangely enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, funnily enough, funnily.
    * por muy increíble que parezca = incredible though it may seem, incredibly, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, although it may seem incredible.
    * por muy mentira que parezca = incredibly, incredible though it may seem, strangely enough, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, although it may seem incredible.
    * por muy raro que parezca = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.
    * por nada = for nothing.
    * por nada del mundo = for the life of me.
    * por nada or casi nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por naturaleza = by nature, by definition, characteristically, natural-born, naturally, inherently.
    * por necesidad = of necessity, out of necessity.
    * por niveles = multilayered [multi-layered/multi layered], multilayer, layered, tiered.
    * por no decir algo peor = to put it mildly.
    * por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.
    * por no decir nunca = if ever.
    * por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.
    * por nombrar (sólo) + Número = to name (only) + Número.
    * por nombrar sólo unos cuantos = to name only some.
    * por nombrar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por + Nombre = on a + Adjetivo + basis.
    * por no mencionar = not to mention.
    * por norma = as a rule.
    * por + Número + cosas = on + Número + counts.
    * por orden de = mandated.
    * por orden del congreso = congressionally mandated.
    * por orden de llegada = on a first come first served basis.
    * por orden numérico = in numerical order.
    * por otra parte = on the other hand, on the other side, on the flip side.
    * por otro lado = alternatively, however, on the other hand, on the other side, for another thing, on the flip side, on another topic, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.
    * por parejas = in pairs.
    * por parte de = on the part of.
    * por parte de uno = on + Posesivo + part.
    * por pasar el rato = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por pereza = lazily.
    * por + Período de Tiempo = for + Expresión Temporal.
    * por persona = per person.
    * por placer = for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por poco dinero = cheaply.
    * por poco o nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por poderes = by proxy.
    * por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.
    * por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.
    * por + Posesivo + cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por + Posesivo + parte = for + Posesivo + part.
    * por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por + Posesivo + (propia) naturaleza = in + Posesivo + nature.
    * por primera vez = first + Verbo, for the first time, for once.
    * por principio = on principle.
    * por principios = as a matter of principle.
    * por probar nada se pierde = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * por + Pronombre + mismo = all by + Reflexivo, by + Reflexivo.
    * por propia iniciativa = self-directed.
    * por pura curiosidad = just out of interest, (just) as a mater of interest.
    * por pura diversión = for kicks.
    * por puro entretenimiento = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por puro placer = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por qué = why.
    * por razones + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * por razones de = for the sake of.
    * por razones de seguridad = for security reasons, for safety reasons.
    * por razones éticas = on moral grounds.
    * por razones morales = on moral grounds.
    * por razones personales = for personal reasons.
    * por + Reflexivo + cuenta = for + Reflexivo.
    * por rencor = out of spite.
    * por respeto a = out of respect for, out of consideration for.
    * por rumores = grapevine.
    * por rutina = routinely.
    * por sacos = by the sackful.
    * por satélite = satellite-based.
    * por segunda vez = a second time, the second time around, a second time around.
    * por seguridad = for safety reasons.
    * por semana = per week.
    * por separado = at different times, in isolation, separately, singly.
    * por ser + Adjetivo = as being + Adjetivo.
    * por sexo = along gender lines.
    * por si = in the chance that.
    * por si acaso = in case of, on the off chance, just in case, on spec, for good measure.
    * por si casualidad = in the chance that.
    * por si era poco = for good measure.
    * por si fuera poco = to boot, for good measure, to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * por si hace falta consultarlo en el futuro = for future reference.
    * por si las moscas = just in case, on spec.
    * por sí mismo = for its/their own sake, in itself, in + Posesivo + own right, itself, unto + Reflexivo, in and of + Reflexivo.
    * por sí mismos = in themselves.
    * por simple curiosidad = (just) as a mater of interest, just out of interest.
    * por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].
    * por sí solo = by itself, for its/their own sake, on its own, in and of + Reflexivo, in itself.
    * por sí solos = by themselves, in themselves.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * por sorpresa = unawares.
    * por su cuenta y riesgo = at + Posesivo + own risk.
    * por suerte = luckily, fortunately, happily.
    * por suerte o por desgracia = for better or (for) worse, by luck or misfortune.
    * por su naturaleza = by + Posesivo + nature.
    * por su papel = in its role.
    * por su parte = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por su propia voluntad = of its own accord.
    * por su propio derecho = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por supuesto = of course, surely, to be sure, certainly.
    * ¡por supuesto que no! = heaven forbid, heaven forbid.
    * por suscripción = subscriber + Nombre.
    * por su volatilidad = mercurially.
    * por su volubilidad = mercurially.
    * por tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.
    * por teléfono = on the telephone, by tele(phone), over the phone, over the telephone.
    * por temas = topically.
    * por temor a = for fear of/that.
    * por temor a represalias = under duress.
    * por término medio = on average.
    * por toda la ciudad = citywide [city-wide].
    * por toda la Internet = Internet-wide.
    * por toda la nación = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * por toda la provincia = province-wide.
    * por toda la vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * por todas las instituciones oficiales = government-wide.
    * por todas partes = all over the place, everywhere, widely, all around, far and wide.
    * por toda una vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * por todo = all over, throughout, all the way through.
    * por todo el campus universitario = campus-wide [campuswide].
    * por todo el continente = continent-wide.
    * por todo el distrito = district-wide [districtwide].
    * por todo el gobierno = government-wide.
    * por todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * por todo el planeta = across the planet, planet-wide.
    * por todo el servicio = service-wide.
    * por todo lo alto = grandly, on a grand scale.
    * por todo + Lugar = up and down + Lugar.
    * por todo + Nombre de Lugar = across + Nombre de Lugar.
    * por todos conocido = well-known.
    * por todos lados = left, right and centre, far and wide.
    * por todos los medios = by all means.
    * por todos sitios = everywhere.
    * por triplicado = in triplicate.
    * por trueque = in kind.
    * por turnos = on a rotating basis, on a rota basis, on a rota system, on a rota.
    * por última vez = for the last time, one last time.
    * por último = finally, last, lastly, ultimately.
    * por último pero no menos importante = last but not least.
    * por una lado... por otro = at one end... at the other.
    * por unanimidad = unanimously.
    * por una parte = on the one hand, on the one side.
    * por un gran margen = by a huge margin.
    * por un gustazo, un trancazo = a kingdom for a kiss.
    * por unidad = per unit.
    * por un lado = for one, on the one hand, on the one side.
    * por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.
    * por un momento = for a moment.
    * por uno mismo = on + Posesivo + own, for + Reflexivo.
    * por unos momentos = for a few moments, for a short time.
    * por uno solo = solo.
    * por un período de tiempo limitado = on a short-term basis.
    * por un tiempo = for a time.
    * por un tiempo indefinido = for an indefinite time to come, for indefinite time.
    * por valor de + Cantidad = amounting to + Cantidad.
    * por varias razones = for a variety of reasons, for a number of reasons.
    * por varios motivos = for a number of reasons.
    * por venganza = out of spite.
    * por voluntad propia = voluntarily.
    * quedar por ver = remain + to be seen.
    * tirar dinero y esfuerzo por la borda = be money and effort down the drain.
    * transporte por tierra = land transport.
    * utilizar por primera vez = pioneer.
    * venta al por mayor = wholesaling.
    * * *
    1) ( en relaciones causales) because of

    por falta de dinero — because of o owing to lack of money

    si no fuera por mi hijo... — if it wasn't for my son...

    por + inf — for -ing

    2) ( según)

    por lo que parece... — it seems o it would seem...

    ¿por qué no vienes conmigo? — why don't you come with me?

    por si — in case; acaso, mosca II

    por más que me esfuerzo — however hard o no matter how hard I try

    por (muy) fácil que sea — however easy o no matter how easy it is

    5)

    colócalos por orden de tamaño/altura — put them in order of size/height

    por avión/barco/carretera — by air/sea/road

    me enteré por un amigo — I heard from o through a friend

    c) (Educ) from
    6)

    cobra $30 por clase — he charges $30 a o per class

    uno por uno — one by one; ciento II

    tres por cuatro (son) doce — three times four is twelve, three fours are twelve

    7)
    a) (en relaciones de sustitución, intercambio, representación) for
    b) ( como)

    ¿acepta usted por esposa a Carmen? — do you take Carmen to be your (lawful wedded) wife?

    9) (expresando finalidad, objetivo)

    por + inf: daría cualquier cosa por verla — I'd give anything to see her

    por que + subj ( here por que can also be written porque): estaba ansioso por que lo escucharan — he was eager for them to listen to him

    10) (indicando consideración, favor) for
    11) (indicando inclinación, elección)

    salió/fue por or (Esp) a por pan — he went (out) for some bread, he went (out) to get some bread

    por mí que haga lo que quiera — as far as I'm concerned, he can do what he likes

    por + inf: tengo la casa por limpiar — I've got the house to clean

    15) (esp AmL)

    estar por + inf — ( estar a punto de)

    16) (indicando lugar de acceso, salida, trayectoria)

    ¿el 121 va por (la) Avenida Rosas? — does the 121 go along Rosas Avenue?

    ¿por dónde has venido? — which way did you come?

    ¿puedes pasar por la tintorería? — could you call in at o drop by the drycleaner's?

    17)

    ¿por dónde está or queda el hotel? — whereabouts is the hotel?

    ¿qué tal te fue por Londres? — how did you get on in London?

    por todos lados or por todas partes — everywhere

    voy por la página 15 — I'm up to o I'm on page 15

    pasa un trapo por el piso — give the floor a quick wipe; ver tb afuera, adentro, dentro, fuera, encima, etc

    por aquella época or por aquel entonces — at that time

    19) (Esp) ( indicando una ocasión) for
    20) ( durante) for

    por el momento or por ahora — for the time being o for now; ver tb mañana III, tarde II, noche

    * * *
    = across, along, around, because of, by, by, down, for the sake of, in connection with, in the gift of, on account of, on the grounds that/of, per, through, times, under, x, as a matter of, out of, through the agency of.

    Ex: This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.

    Ex: This means that a large number of messages can be combined together along the same line, giving economies of scales.
    Ex: I wouldn't expect you to be detailed in your report in terms of where the bookmible would stop around town and where you'd park it.
    Ex: This makes him feel somehow defficient and all because of his difficulty in making sense out of words in print with which his troubles began.
    Ex: A set of government publications could be filed alphabetically by the issuing bureau, and then by title of the particular series in numerical order.
    Ex: Micrographic and computer technologies and their integration will become increasingly efficacious as agents for change with respect to the continued existence of the traditional 75 by 125 millimeter card.
    Ex: Some users find the format of KWIC indexes unacceptable, they find alphabetical arrangement by keywords down the centre of a page, and wrapped-round titles awkward.
    Ex: The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.
    Ex: There is an index to the schedules, but this has been criticised in connection with the size of the entry vocabulary.
    Ex: Its notability is seen to lie in the fact that it has significantly broken the stranglehold upon postgraduate studentships in the gift of the Science and Engineering Research Council.
    Ex: Partly on account of the variety of bases for coverage there is significant overlap between the assortment of abstracting and indexing services.
    Ex: AACR2 has been criticised on the grounds that it does not identify the cataloguing unit to which the rules refer.
    Ex: Indexing can thus be achieved at a detailed level, with often many terms per document, with almost no indexing effort.
    Ex: The contributions are input to the data base, then referred and any suggestion made by the referee are communicated through the data base to the editor.
    Ex: 4 days times 30 cents per day = 120 cents.
    Ex: One of the outcomes of entry under title has been the proliferation of serials titles.
    Ex: Card catalogues or indexes comprise a set of cards often 5x3 inches (122x72 mm), with each entry on a separate card.
    Ex: Most drivers stop at stop signs: Some do under duress -- there may be a policeman concealed in nearby bushes, others as a matter of prudence -- a fast car with the right of way can be injurious.
    Ex: But these and other interested people collected this type of books out of a mixture of curiosity and sentiment.
    Ex: This article argues that critical thinking, a long sought after goal in the US educational system, may be taught efficiently through the agency of library use instructions within the college environment.
    * actuar por impulso = act on + impulse.
    * aprendizaje por medio del ordenador = computer-based learning (CBL).
    * aunque por otro lado = but otherwise.
    * búsqueda por medio de menús = menu-assisted searching.
    * coger por sorpresa = catch out.
    * Día + por la tarde = late + Día.
    * digamos por ejemplo = let us say.
    * dominar por completo = sweep + the board.
    * encontrar por casualidad = come across.
    * encuadernación por encargo = bespoke binding.
    * error por omisión = omission failure.
    * estar por delante de = be ahead of.
    * hecho por encargo = bespoke.
    * introducir por primera vez = pioneer.
    * leer por encima = browse.
    * llamar por teléfono = call up.
    * muy por encima de todo = over and above all.
    * Nombre + por primera vez = Nombre + ever.
    * ordenado por fecha = in date order.
    * pasar por alto = bypass [by-pass], skip over, pass + Nombre/Pronombre + by.
    * pongamos por ejemplo = let us say.
    * por accidente = accidentally.
    * por adelantado = advance, in advance (of), up-front [up front].
    * por ahí = out there.
    * por ahora = as of right now, as yet, at present, at the moment, at this point, for the present, for the time being, just yet, for now, at this time, as of now, at the present, by now, for the nonce.
    * por ahora todo va bien = so far, so good.
    * por alguna razón = for some reason, for whatever reason.
    * por algún motivo = for whatever reason.
    * por algún tiempo = for sometime.
    * por allí = nearby [near-by].
    * por amor al arte = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por analogía = by analogy.
    * por anticipado = in advance (of).
    * por antonomasia = quintessential, unique.
    * por añadidura = in addition (to), on top of everything else.
    * por aquel entonces = at the time, about that time, by this time.
    * por aquí = around here, nearby [near-by], round here.
    * por aquí y por allí = hanging about.
    * por así decir = as it were.
    * por boca de = by word of mouth.
    * por bondad = out of the goodness of + Posesivo + heart.
    * por buena dirección = a step in the right direction.
    * por buen camino = a step in the right direction.
    * por cabeza = per person.
    * por cable = wireline, corded.
    * por caminos apartados = off-road.
    * por capas = multilayered [multi-layered/multi layered], layered, tiered.
    * por casualidad = by chance, coincidentally, fortuitously, by accident, by happenstance, happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo, accidentally, by a fluke, by luck, by a stroke of (good) luck.
    * por chiripa = by chance, by a fluke, by luck, by a stroke of (good) luck.
    * por ciento = per cent [percent] (%).
    * por cierto = coincidentally, incidentally, by the way, anecdotally, by the by(e), speaking of which.
    * por coincidencia = by coincidence.
    * por comodidad = for convenience, for the sake of + convenience.
    * por completo = fully.
    * por confirmar = to be announced, to be confirmed.
    * por consideración a = out of respect for.
    * por consideración a = out of consideration for.
    * por consiguiente = consequently, then, thence, by implication, therefore.
    * por contra = in contrast.
    * por conveniencia = for convenience, for the sake of + convenience.
    * por correo = by post, mailed.
    * por cortesía de = courtesy of.
    * por cualquier motivo = for whatever reason.
    * por cualquier razón = for whatever reason.
    * por cuanto que = because.
    * por cuenta ajena = vicariously.
    * por cuenta de uno = privately.
    * por cuenta propia = freelance, self-employed, at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por cuenta y riesgo de Uno = at + Posesivo + peril.
    * por curiosidad = out of curiosity.
    * por debajo de = below, beneath, underneath.
    * por debajo de + Cantidad = under + Cantidad.
    * por debajo de cero = sub-zero, below-freezing.
    * por debajo del 10 por ciento = single digit, single figure.
    * por debajo de la media = sub-par, below-average.
    * por debajo de las posibilidades = below + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * por debajo de lo normal = below-normal.
    * por debajo de lo óptimo = sub-optimal [suboptimal].
    * por debajo del peso nomral = underweight.
    * por décadas = ten-yearly.
    * por decidir = to be decided.
    * por decirlo así = so to speak, in a manner of speaking.
    * por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.
    * por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.
    * por decisión propia = by choice.
    * por defecto = by default, default.
    * por deferencia a = in deference to.
    * por definición = by definition.
    * por delante = ahead.
    * por delante de = ahead of.
    * por delante de la competencia = ahead of the game.
    * por delante y por detrás = front and back.
    * por dentro = inwardly.
    * por desgracia = unfortunately, sadly, unhappily, disappointingly.
    * por despecho = spitefully, out of spite.
    * ¡por dios! = in heaven's name, for God's sake, gosh.
    * ¡por Dios! = for crying out loud!.
    * por diversión = for sport, for fun, (just) for the hell of (doing) it, for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it.
    * por divertirse = for kicks.
    * por doquier = all around.
    * por dos años = two-year.
    * por ejemplo = e.g. (latín - exempli gratia), for example, for instance, say, to illustrate, for the sake of + argument.
    * por (el) amor a = for the love of.
    * ¡por el amor de Dios! = for crying out loud!.
    * por el bien del saber = for knowledge's sake.
    * por el contrario = by contrast, conversely, however, in contrast, instead, on the contrary, by way of contrast, to the contrary, quite the opposite, by comparison, contrariwise, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.
    * por el cual = whereby, whereupon.
    * por el detalle = for detail.
    * por el día = by day, daytime [day-time], during the daytime, in the daytime, during daytime.
    * por el día o por la noche = day or night.
    * por el día y por la noche = day and night, night and day.
    * por elección propia = by choice.
    * por el gobierno = governmentally + Adjetivo.
    * por el gobierno federal = federally.
    * por el hecho de que = because of the fact that.
    * por el hombre = humanly.
    * por ello = on this basis, on that basis, accordingly.
    * por el mero hecho de saber = for knowledge's sake.
    * por el método de ensayo y error = by trial and error, trial and error.
    * por el modo = by the way.
    * por el momento = for the time being, momentarily, at the moment, for the nonce, for the present.
    * por el placer de hacerlo = (just) for the fun of (doing) it.
    * por el que se puede cobrar = chargeable.
    * por el receptor = at the receiving end.
    * por el sexo = gendered.
    * por encargo = custom, bespoke.
    * por encima = overhead, cursorily.
    * por encima de = across, beyond, beyond all, over, over and above, beyond the range of, well over + Expresión Numérica, overarching, above.
    * por encima de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad.
    * por encima de eso = beyond that.
    * por encima del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.
    * por encima de la media = above average.
    * por encima de la tierra = aboveground.
    * por encima de toda crítica = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * por encima de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * por encima de todo = at all costs, at any cost, at any price.
    * por ende = thereby, accordingly, therefore.
    * por enfado = out of anger.
    * por enojo = out of anger.
    * por error = by mistake.
    * por esa razón = thereby, for that reason.
    * por escrito = in writing, in print, written.
    * por eso = on that score, therefore.
    * por eso que = hence.
    * por esta razón = for this reason.
    * por esta única razón = for this reason alone.
    * por este motivo = for this reason.
    * por esto = thus, accordingly, therefore.
    * por etapas = staged.
    * por excelencia = par excellence, quintessential, unique.
    * por exceso = excessively, to excess.
    * por explotar = untapped.
    * por + Expresión Temporal = by the + Expresión Temporal.
    * por extensión = by extension.
    * por extenso = in full, at length.
    * por falta de = for want of, for lack of.
    * por fases = staged.
    * por favor = please.
    * por favor, responda = RSVP [R.S.V.P.].
    * por fin = at length, at last, finally, at long last.
    * por fin llegó la hora (de) = it's about time (that).
    * por frustración = out of frustration.
    * por fuera = outwardly, outwardly.
    * por grupos = in batches.
    * por gusto = for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por hora = hourly.
    * por horas = on an hourly basis.
    * por igual = alike, on an equitable basis, equally, in equal measure(s).
    * por imitación = copycat.
    * por incremento gradual = incremental.
    * por incrementos graduales = incrementally.
    * por individuo = per capita, per person.
    * por iniciativa de = at the instigation of, under the auspices of.
    * por instinto = instinctively.
    * por interés = out of interest.
    * por interés personal = self-interested.
    * por investigar = unresearched.
    * por invitación = invitational.
    * por invitación de = at the invitation of.
    * por la borda = overboard.
    * por la cantidad de + Número = amounting to + Cantidad.
    * por la forma = by the way.
    * por la friolera de + Cantidad = to the tune of + Cantidad.
    * por la fuerza = forcibly.
    * por la mala fortuna = by ill fate.
    * por la mala suerte = by ill luck, by bad luck, by ill fate.
    * por la manera = by the way.
    * por la mañana = in the morning.
    * por la mañana y por la noche = morning and night.
    * por la noche = overnight, at night, night-time, after dark, by night.
    * por la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.
    * por la presente = hereby.
    * por las buenas o por las malas = by hook or by crook.
    * por la sencilla razón = for no other reason.
    * por las nubes = soaring.
    * por la tarde = in the evening.
    * por ley = mandated.
    * por libre = freelance.
    * por línea telefónica = over the telephone line.
    * por lo general = on the whole, all in all, in general, generally, generally speaking, in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.
    * por lo pronto = for the time being.
    * por lo que = so.
    * por lo que concierne a = as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, so far as + Nombre + be concerned.
    * por lo que concierne a Uno = on + Posesivo + side.
    * por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.
    * por lo que es = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por lo que incumbe a Uno = on + Posesivo + side.
    * ¡Por lo que más quieras! = for God's sake.
    * por lo que se refiere a = moving on to.
    * por lo que son = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por lo que yo sé = to the best of my knowledge.
    * por los pelos = by the skin of + Posesivo + teeth, close call, close shave.
    * por los siguientes motivos = on the following counts.
    * por los suelos = in tatters.
    * por lo tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.
    * por lo visto = apparently, apparently.
    * por mala fortuna = unfortunately, unhappily, sadly.
    * por mala suerte = by ill luck, by bad luck, by a stroke of bad luck, by ill fate.
    * por mal camino = astray.
    * por más que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * por materias = subject-based, topically.
    * por mecionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention only a few.
    * por medio = out of.
    * por medio de = by means of, by way of, in the form of, through, via, via the medium of, by dint of, through the agency of.
    * por medio de isótopos = isotopically.
    * por medio de otro(s) = by proxy.
    * por medio de una agencia = on a bureau basis.
    * por mencionar sólo algunos = to mention but a few of, to mention only a few.
    * por mencionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention but a few of, to name only some.
    * por mencionar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por mencionar unos pocos = just to name a few.
    * por menús = menu-driven.
    * por méritos = meritorious.
    * por mes = per month.
    * por miedo de = for fear of/that.
    * por millones = in the millions, by the millions.
    * por mor de = because of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.
    * por motivo de = in the interest(s) of.
    * por motivos de = for the sake of, on grounds.
    * por motivos de + Nombre = for + Nombre's sake.
    * por muchas razones = in many ways.
    * por mucho que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * por mucho tiempo = for long, for long periods of time.
    * por muy + Adjetivo/Adverbio + Nombre + que + Subjuntivo = however + Adjetivo/Adverbio + Nombre + Verbo.
    * por muy + Adjetivo/Adverbio + que sea = however + Adjetivo/Adverbio.
    * por muy + Adjetivo + be = Adjetivo + though + Nombre + be.
    * por muy difícil que parezca = difficult though it may seem, difficult as it may seem.
    * por muy extraño que parezca = oddly enough, strangely enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, funnily enough, funnily.
    * por muy increíble que parezca = incredible though it may seem, incredibly, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, although it may seem incredible.
    * por muy mentira que parezca = incredibly, incredible though it may seem, strangely enough, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, although it may seem incredible.
    * por muy raro que parezca = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.
    * por nada = for nothing.
    * por nada del mundo = for the life of me.
    * por nada or casi nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por naturaleza = by nature, by definition, characteristically, natural-born, naturally, inherently.
    * por necesidad = of necessity, out of necessity.
    * por niveles = multilayered [multi-layered/multi layered], multilayer, layered, tiered.
    * por no decir algo peor = to put it mildly.
    * por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.
    * por no decir nunca = if ever.
    * por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.
    * por nombrar (sólo) + Número = to name (only) + Número.
    * por nombrar sólo unos cuantos = to name only some.
    * por nombrar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por + Nombre = on a + Adjetivo + basis.
    * por no mencionar = not to mention.
    * por norma = as a rule.
    * por + Número + cosas = on + Número + counts.
    * por orden de = mandated.
    * por orden del congreso = congressionally mandated.
    * por orden de llegada = on a first come first served basis.
    * por orden numérico = in numerical order.
    * por otra parte = on the other hand, on the other side, on the flip side.
    * por otro lado = alternatively, however, on the other hand, on the other side, for another thing, on the flip side, on another topic, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.
    * por parejas = in pairs.
    * por parte de = on the part of.
    * por parte de uno = on + Posesivo + part.
    * por pasar el rato = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por pereza = lazily.
    * por + Período de Tiempo = for + Expresión Temporal.
    * por persona = per person.
    * por placer = for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por poco dinero = cheaply.
    * por poco o nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por poderes = by proxy.
    * por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.
    * por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.
    * por + Posesivo + cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por + Posesivo + parte = for + Posesivo + part.
    * por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por + Posesivo + (propia) naturaleza = in + Posesivo + nature.
    * por primera vez = first + Verbo, for the first time, for once.
    * por principio = on principle.
    * por principios = as a matter of principle.
    * por probar nada se pierde = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * por + Pronombre + mismo = all by + Reflexivo, by + Reflexivo.
    * por propia iniciativa = self-directed.
    * por pura curiosidad = just out of interest, (just) as a mater of interest.
    * por pura diversión = for kicks.
    * por puro entretenimiento = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por puro placer = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por qué = why.
    * por razones + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * por razones de = for the sake of.
    * por razones de seguridad = for security reasons, for safety reasons.
    * por razones éticas = on moral grounds.
    * por razones morales = on moral grounds.
    * por razones personales = for personal reasons.
    * por + Reflexivo + cuenta = for + Reflexivo.
    * por rencor = out of spite.
    * por respeto a = out of respect for, out of consideration for.
    * por rumores = grapevine.
    * por rutina = routinely.
    * por sacos = by the sackful.
    * por satélite = satellite-based.
    * por segunda vez = a second time, the second time around, a second time around.
    * por seguridad = for safety reasons.
    * por semana = per week.
    * por separado = at different times, in isolation, separately, singly.
    * por ser + Adjetivo = as being + Adjetivo.
    * por sexo = along gender lines.
    * por si = in the chance that.
    * por si acaso = in case of, on the off chance, just in case, on spec, for good measure.
    * por si casualidad = in the chance that.
    * por si era poco = for good measure.
    * por si fuera poco = to boot, for good measure, to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * por si hace falta consultarlo en el futuro = for future reference.
    * por si las moscas = just in case, on spec.
    * por sí mismo = for its/their own sake, in itself, in + Posesivo + own right, itself, unto + Reflexivo, in and of + Reflexivo.
    * por sí mismos = in themselves.
    * por simple curiosidad = (just) as a mater of interest, just out of interest.
    * por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].
    * por sí solo = by itself, for its/their own sake, on its own, in and of + Reflexivo, in itself.
    * por sí solos = by themselves, in themselves.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * por sorpresa = unawares.
    * por su cuenta y riesgo = at + Posesivo + own risk.
    * por suerte = luckily, fortunately, happily.
    * por suerte o por desgracia = for better or (for) worse, by luck or misfortune.
    * por su naturaleza = by + Posesivo + nature.
    * por su papel = in its role.
    * por su parte = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por su propia voluntad = of its own accord.
    * por su propio derecho = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por supuesto = of course, surely, to be sure, certainly.
    * ¡por supuesto que no! = heaven forbid, heaven forbid.
    * por suscripción = subscriber + Nombre.
    * por su volatilidad = mercurially.
    * por su volubilidad = mercurially.
    * por tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.
    * por teléfono = on the telephone, by tele(phone), over the phone, over the telephone.
    * por temas = topically.
    * por temor a = for fear of/that.
    * por temor a represalias = under duress.
    * por término medio = on average.
    * por toda la ciudad = citywide [city-wide].
    * por toda la Internet = Internet-wide.
    * por toda la nación = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * por toda la provincia = province-wide.
    * por toda la vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * por todas las instituciones oficiales = government-wide.
    * por todas partes = all over the place, everywhere, widely, all around, far and wide.
    * por toda una vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * por todo = all over, throughout, all the way through.
    * por todo el campus universitario = campus-wide [campuswide].
    * por todo el continente = continent-wide.
    * por todo el distrito = district-wide [districtwide].
    * por todo el gobierno = government-wide.
    * por todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * por todo el planeta = across the planet, planet-wide.
    * por todo el servicio = service-wide.
    * por todo lo alto = grandly, on a grand scale.
    * por todo + Lugar = up and down + Lugar.
    * por todo + Nombre de Lugar = across + Nombre de Lugar.
    * por todos conocido = well-known.
    * por todos lados = left, right and centre, far and wide.
    * por todos los medios = by all means.
    * por todos sitios = everywhere.
    * por triplicado = in triplicate.
    * por trueque = in kind.
    * por turnos = on a rotating basis, on a rota basis, on a rota system, on a rota.
    * por última vez = for the last time, one last time.
    * por último = finally, last, lastly, ultimately.
    * por último pero no menos importante = last but not least.
    * por una lado... por otro = at one end... at the other.
    * por unanimidad = unanimously.
    * por una parte = on the one hand, on the one side.
    * por un gran margen = by a huge margin.
    * por un gustazo, un trancazo = a kingdom for a kiss.
    * por unidad = per unit.
    * por un lado = for one, on the one hand, on the one side.
    * por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.
    * por un momento = for a moment.
    * por uno mismo = on + Posesivo + own, for + Reflexivo.
    * por unos momentos = for a few moments, for a short time.
    * por uno solo = solo.
    * por un período de tiempo limitado = on a short-term basis.
    * por un tiempo = for a time.
    * por un tiempo indefinido = for an indefinite time to come, for indefinite time.
    * por valor de + Cantidad = amounting to + Cantidad.
    * por varias razones = for a variety of reasons, for a number of reasons.
    * por varios motivos = for a number of reasons.
    * por venganza = out of spite.
    * por voluntad propia = voluntarily.
    * quedar por ver = remain + to be seen.
    * tirar dinero y esfuerzo por la borda = be money and effort down the drain.
    * transporte por tierra = land transport.
    * utilizar por primera vez = pioneer.
    * venta al por mayor = wholesaling.

    * * *
    A en relaciones causales
    B según
    C ¿por qué?
    D en locuciones
    E en expresiones concesivas
    F
    1 en expresiones de modo
    2 indicando el medio
    3 Educación
    G
    1 en relaciones de proporción
    2 en multiplicaciones
    H
    1 en relaciones de sustitución etc
    2 por ejemplo
    I como
    A al expresar finalidad, objetivo
    B indicando consideración, favor
    C indicando inclinación, elección
    D en busca de
    E en lo que respecta a
    F indicando una situación pendiente
    G estar por
    A indicando lugar de acceso, salida
    B
    C expresando lugar determinado
    D indicando extensión
    A expresando tiempo aproximado
    B indicando una ocasión
    C durante
    he puesto esto aquí por el gato I've put this here because of the cat
    nunca se lo dijo por miedo a perderla he never told her out of fear of losing her o because he was afraid of losing her
    eso te pasa por crédulo that's what you get for being (so) gullible
    lo conseguimos por él we got it thanks to him
    ella es así por naturaleza she's like that by nature
    lo hace por necesidad he does it out of necessity
    no se acabó por falta de dinero it wasn't finished for o because of o owing to lack of money
    el final no por conocido me resulta menos triste knowing how it ends doesn't make it any less sad
    por su alto contenido en proteínas because of o owing to its high protein content
    tanto por su precio como por su practicidad both for its price and its practical design
    fue por eso por lo que no te llamé or fue por eso que no te llamé that was the reason o that was why I didn't call you
    precisamente por eso no dije nada that's precisely why I didn't say anything
    la muerte se produjo por asfixia he suffocated, death was caused by suffocation ( frml)
    éste serviría si no fuera por el color this one would do if it weren't for the color
    fue elogiado por su excelente actuación he was praised for his excellent performance
    por + INF for -ING
    me pidió perdón por haberme mentido he apologized for lying o for having lied to me
    B (según) from
    por lo que he oído from what I've heard
    por lo que parece no va a volver it seems o it would seem he's not coming back
    por mi experiencia diría que … from my experience, I would say that …
    C ( fam):
    ¿por? why?
    ¿con quién vas? — con Daniel ¿por? who are you going with? — with Daniel, why? o why do you want to know?
    ¿por qué lloras? why are you crying?
    ¿por qué no vienes a almorzar a casa? why don't you come to my house for lunch?
    por si in case
    llévate una muda, por si tuvieras que quedarte take a change of clothes (just) in case you have to stay
    acaso, mosca2 (↑ mosca (2))
    por más que me esfuerzo me sigue saliendo mal no matter how hard I try o however hard I try, I still can't get it right
    (+ subj): por (muy) fácil que se lo pongan, no creo que lo sepa hacer however easy o no matter how easy they make it for him I don't think he'll be able to do it
    F
    1
    (en expresiones de modo): clasifícalos por tamaño classify them according to size o by size
    colóquense por orden de altura line up in order of height
    por adelantado in advance
    por escrito in writing
    2
    (indicando el medio): se lo comunicaron por teléfono they told him over the phone
    lo dijeron por la radio they said it on the radio
    lo mandaron por avión/barco they sent it by air/sea
    por carretera by road
    la conocí por la voz I recognized the o her voice, I recognized her by her voice
    me enteré por un amigo I heard from o through a friend
    lo intenté por todos los medios I tried everything possible o every possible way
    es doctor honoris causa por Oxford he has an honorary doctorate from Oxford
    un graduado en ciencias políticas por la universidad de Granada a graduate in political science from the university of Granada
    G
    1
    (en relaciones de proporción): cobra $30 por clase he charges $30 a o per class
    120 kilómetros por hora 120 kilometers an o per hour
    lo venden por metro they sell it by the meter
    tú comes por tres you eat enough for three people
    había un hombre por cada dos mujeres there was one man to every two women
    tiene tres metros de largo por uno de ancho it's three meters long by one meter wide
    ya hemos hecho bastante por hoy we've done enough for today
    los hizo entrar uno por uno she made them come in one by one o one at a time
    examinar un escrito punto por punto to go through a document point by point
    ciento2 (↑ ciento (2))
    (en multiplicaciones): tres por cuatro (son) doce three times four is twelve, three fours are twelve
    H
    1
    (en relaciones de sustitución, intercambio, representación): su secretaria firmó por él his secretary signed for him o on his behalf
    yo puedo ir por ti I can go for you o in your place
    por toda respuesta se encogió de hombros all he did was shrug his shoulders
    tú podrías pasar por inglesa you could pass as English o for an Englishwoman
    te dan uno nuevo por dos viejos they give you one new one in exchange for two old ones
    es senador por Canarias he's a senator for the Canary Islands
    2
    (como): por ejemplo for example
    ¿acepta usted por esposa a Carmen? do you take Carmen to be your (lawful wedded) wife?
    un lugar frecuentado por muchos famosos a place frequented by many famous people
    se vieron sorprendidos por una tormenta they were caught in a sudden storm
    la ocupación de la fábrica por (parte de) los obreros the occupation of the factory by the workers
    ver tb parte2 f B. (↑ parte (2))
    A
    (al expresar finalidad, objetivo): se estaban peleando por la pelota they were fighting over the ball
    lo hace por el dinero he does it for the money
    te lo digo por tu bien I'm telling you for your own good
    por + INF:
    daría cualquier cosa por verte contento I'd give anything to see you happy
    no entré por no molestar I didn't go in so as not to disturb him o because I didn't want to disturb him
    eso es hablar por hablar that's talking for the sake of talking o for the sake of it
    estaba ansioso por que lo escucharan he was eager for them to listen to him
    recemos por que lleguen a un acuerdo let's pray that they'll come to an agreement
    siguieron luchando por que se hiciera justicia they continued fighting for justice to be done
    B
    (indicando consideración, favor): haría cualquier cosa por ti I'd do anything for you
    intercede por nosotros intercede for us
    por mí no lo hagas don't do it just for me o for my sake
    C
    (indicando inclinación, elección): su amor por la música her love of music
    demostró gran interés por el cuadro he showed great interest in the painting
    no siento nada por él I don't feel anything for him
    opté por no ir I chose not to go
    votó por ella he voted for her
    ¿por la afirmativa? all those in favor?
    se manifestaron por el derecho al aborto they demonstrated for the right to abortion
    estar por algn ( fam); to be crazy about sb
    D
    (en busca de): salió/fue poror ( Esp) a por pan he went (out) for some bread, he went (out) to get some bread
    E
    (en lo que respecta a): por mí no hay inconveniente I don't mind
    que haga lo que le dé la gana, por mí … let him do what he likes, as far as I'm concerned …
    tengo toda la casa por limpiar I've got the whole house to clean
    estos cambios aún están por hacer these changes have still not been made o are yet to be made
    ver2 vt C 1. (↑ ver (2))
    G
    ( AmL) estar por + INF (estar a punto de): deben de estar por llegar they should be arriving any minute
    la leche está por hervir the milk's about to boil
    A
    (indicando lugar de acceso, salida, trayectoria): entró por la ventana he came in through the window
    sal por aquí go out this way
    el acceso al edificio es por la calle Lamas you enter the building from Lamas Street
    el piano no va a pasar por la puerta the piano won't go through the door
    se cayó por la escalera he fell down the stairs
    subieron por la ladera este they went up by the east face
    ¿el 121 va por (la) Avenida Rosas? does the 121 go along Rosas Avenue?
    fuimos por el camino más largo we took the longer route
    no vayas por ahí que te vas a perder don't go that way, you'll get lost
    ¿por dónde has venido? which way did you come?
    ¿puedes pasar por la tintorería? could you call in at o drop by the drycleaner's?
    B
    (expresando lugar indeterminado): está por ahí he's over there somewhere
    ¿por dónde está or queda el restaurante? whereabouts is the restaurant?
    viven por el sur/por mi barrio they live in the south somewhere/around my area
    hace mucho que no lo vemos por aquí we haven't seen him around here for ages
    ¿qué tal te fue por Londres? how did you get on in London?
    C
    (expresando lugar determinado): corta por aquí cut here
    voy por la página 15 I'm up to o I'm on page 15
    empieza por el principio start at the beginning
    agárralo por el mango hold it by the handle
    D
    (indicando extensión): lo he buscado por todos lados or por todas partes I've looked everywhere for it
    la epidemia se extendió por todo el país the epidemic spread throughout the (whole) country
    estuvimos viajando por el norte de Francia we were traveling around o in the North of France
    fuimos a caminar por la playa we went for a walk along the beach
    pasa un trapo por el piso give the floor a quick wipe
    A
    (expresando tiempo aproximado): por aquella época at that time
    por aquel entonces vivían en Pozuelo at that time they were living in Pozuelo
    sucedió por allá por 1960 it happened some time back around 1960
    me lo regalaron por mi cumpleaños they gave it to me for my birthday
    por Semana Santa pensamos ir a Londres we're thinking of going to London for Easter
    C (durante) for
    por los siglos de los siglos for ever and ever
    no se lo confío ni por un minuto I wouldn't trust him with it for a minute
    puede quedar así por el momento or por ahora it can stay like that for the time being o for now
    ver tb mañana3 (↑ mañana (3)), tarde2 (↑ tarde (2)), noche
    * * *

     

    por preposición
    1 ( causa) because of;
    ◊ por falta de dinero because of o owing to lack of money;

    por naturaleza by nature;
    por necesidad out of necessity;
    por eso no dije nada that's why I didn't say anything;
    fue por eso que no te llamé that was why I didn't call you;
    si no fuera por mi hijo … if it wasn't for my son …;
    me pidió perdón por haberme mentido he apologized for lying o for having lied to me
    2 ( en locs)

    no dijo por qué he didn't say why;
    ¿por qué no vienes conmigo? why don't you come with me?;
    por si in case;
    por si no entiende in case he doesn't understand;
    See Also→ acaso 2, mosca
    3 ( en expresiones concesivas):
    ◊ por más que me esfuerzo however hard o no matter how hard I try;

    por (muy) fácil que sea however easy o no matter how easy it is
    4
    a) ( modo):


    por adelantado in advance;
    por escrito in writing
    b) ( medio):


    lo dijeron por la radio they said it on the radio;
    por avión by air;
    la conocí por la voz I recognized her by her voice;
    me enteré por un amigo I heard from o through a friend
    5

    ◊ cobra $30 por clase he charges $30 a o per class;

    120 kilómetros por hora 120 kilometers an o per hour;
    por metro/docena by the meter/dozen;
    tú comes por tres you eat enough for three people;
    tiene tres metros de largo por uno de ancho it's three meters long by one meter wide;
    uno por uno one by one;
    See Also→ ciento sustantivo masculino b


    6

    ◊ su secretaria firmó por él his secretary signed for him o on his behalf;

    pasa por inglesa she passes for an Englishwoman
    b) ( como):


    7 ( introduciendo el agente) by;

    1 (finalidad, objetivo):

    lo hace por el dinero he does it for the money;
    no entré por no molestarlo I didn't go in because I didn't want to disturb him;
    por que + subj (here por que can also be written porque): estaba ansioso por que lo escucharan he was eager for them to listen to him
    2 (indicando inclinación, elección):

    no siento nada por él I don't feel anything for him;
    votó por ella he voted for her
    3 ( en busca de): salió/fue por or (Esp) a por pan he went (out) for some bread, he went (out) to get some bread
    4 ( en lo que respecta a):
    ◊ por mí que haga lo que quiera as far as I'm concerned, he can do what he likes

    5 (esp AmL) estar por + inf ( estar a punto de) to be about to + inf;

    deben (de) estar por llegar they should be arriving any minute
    1
    a) ( lugar):


    sal por aquí go out this way;
    se cayó por la escalera he fell down the stairs;
    ¿el 121 va por (la) Avenida Rosas? does the 121 go along Rosas Avenue?;
    ¿por dónde has venido? which way did you come?;
    está por ahí he's over there somewhere;
    ¿por dónde está el hotel? whereabouts is the hotel?;
    viven por mi barrio they live around my area;
    voy por la página 15 I'm up to o I'm on page 15;
    empieza por el principio start at the beginning;
    agárralo por el mango hold it by the handle
    b) ( indicando extensión): por todos lados or por todas partes everywhere;

    ◊ viajamos por el norte de Francia we traveled around o in the North of France;

    ver tb dentro, fuera, encima, etc
    2 ( tiempo) for;

    por el momento or por ahora for the time being, for now;
    ver tb mañana, tarde, noche
    3 (Esp) ( ocasión) for;

    por preposición
    1 (autoría) by: está escrito por mí, it was written by me
    2 (camino, lugar) through: viajamos por Castilla, we travelled round Castilla
    3 (medio) lo enviaron por avión, they sent it by plane
    me enteré por el periódico, I read about it in the newspaper
    4 (motivo, causa) because of
    por tu culpa, because of you
    (en favor de) for: hazlo por ellos, do it for their sake
    por la libertad, for freedom
    5 (en torno a) por San Juan, near Saint John's Day
    6 (durante) por la mañana/noche, in the morning/at night
    por el momento, for the time being
    7 (a través) entramos por la puerta, we got in through the door
    miramos por la ventana, we looked out (of) the window
    pasamos por la ciudad, we went through the town
    8 (sobre, por encima de) cruzaremos por el puente, we'll cross the bridge
    9 (delante de) paso todos los días por tu casa, I go by your house every day
    10 (a cambio de) for: te doy mi helado por tu yogur, I'll swap you my ice-cream for your yoghurt
    11 (en una distribución, cálculo) por cabeza, a head, per person
    mil pesetas por hora, a thousand pesetas per hour
    dos mil revoluciones por minuto, two thousand revolutions per minute
    12 (en una multiplicación) dos por dos, cuatro, two times two is four
    un diez por ciento, ten per cent
    13 (con infinitivo) in order to, so as to
    trabajar por trabajar, to work for the sake of it
    ♦ Locuciones: por así decirlo, so to speak
    por más/mucho que..., no matter how...
    por qué, why
    ' por' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abogar
    - abonar
    - abonarse
    - abotargada
    - abotargado
    - abuelo
    - acabar
    - acaso
    - accidente
    - acercarse
    - acertar
    - aclamación
    - acomplejada
    - acomplejado
    - acomplejarse
    - acoquinar
    - acostumbrar
    - actual
    - adelantada
    - adelantado
    - adivinar
    - admitir
    - adoración
    - aérea
    - aéreo
    - afanarse
    - afectada I
    - afectado
    - afición
    - agradecer
    - aguantar
    - ahí
    - ahogada
    - ahogado
    - ahora
    - ahorcarse
    - ahorrar
    - aire
    - alegrarse
    - algo
    - allá
    - allí
    - almacén
    - alquiler
    - alta
    - alto
    - aludida
    - aludido
    - amarga
    English:
    A
    - aback
    - ablaze
    - about
    - above
    - absence
    - absorb
    - accident
    - accidentally
    - acclaim
    - accompany
    - accord
    - accordingly
    - account
    - accustom
    - actual
    - actually
    - add to
    - advocate
    - after
    - afternoon
    - again
    - against
    - air
    - airmail
    - alert
    - allowance
    - alone
    - alphabetically
    - alternately
    - amble
    - amends
    - amok
    - angry
    - annihilate
    - annoy
    - answer for
    - answering service
    - antipathy
    - anxious
    - anywhere
    - apologetic
    - apologize
    - appal
    - appall
    - apparently
    - appearance
    - appease
    - appointment
    - appreciate
    * * *
    por prep
    1. [indica causa] because of;
    llegó tarde por el tráfico she was late because of the traffic;
    lo hizo por amor he did it out of o for love;
    me disculpé por llegar tarde I apologized for arriving late;
    miré dentro por simple curiosidad I looked inside out of pure curiosity;
    accidentes por conducción temeraria accidents caused by reckless driving;
    muertes por enfermedades cardiovasculares deaths from cardiovascular disease;
    no quise llamar por la hora (que era) I didn't want to call because of the time;
    cerrado por vacaciones/reformas [en letrero] closed for holidays/alterations;
    por mí no te preocupes don't worry about me;
    Esp
    fue por eso por lo que tuvimos tantos problemas, Am [m5] fue por eso que tuvimos tantos problemas that's why we had so many problems;
    eso te pasa por (ser tan) generoso that's what you get for being so generous;
    la razón por (la) que dimite the reason (why) she is resigning;
    ¿por qué? why?;
    ¿por qué no vienes? why don't you come?;
    ¿por qué lo preguntas? – por nada why do you ask? – no reason;
    Fam
    ¿por? why?;
    por si in case;
    por si se te olvida in case you forget
    2. [indica indicio]
    por lo que me dices/lo que he oído no debe de ser tan difícil from what you say/what I've heard, it can't be that difficult;
    por lo que tengo entendido, viven juntos as I understand it, they live together, my understanding is that they live together;
    por lo visto, por lo que se ve apparently
    3. [indica finalidad] (antes de infinitivo) (in order) to;
    * * *
    prp
    1 motivo for, because of;
    lo hace por mí he does it for me;
    lo hizo por amor she did it out of o for love;
    luchó por sus ideales he fought for his ideals;
    por miedo a ofenderle for fear of upsetting her;
    vino por verme he came to see me
    2 medio by;
    por avión by air;
    por correo by mail, Br
    tb by post
    :
    por un año/un segundo for a year/a second;
    por la mañana in the morning;
    por Navidad around Christmas
    :
    por la calle down the street;
    por un tunel through a tunnel;
    por aquí this way
    5 posición aproximada around, about;
    está por aquí it’s around here (somewhere);
    vive por el centro de la ciudad she lives somewhere around the center of town
    :
    por cincuenta pesos for fifty pesos;
    por cabeza each, a head
    :
    por hora an o per hour;
    dos por dos two times two;
    ¿por qué? why?;
    por el que … the reason why …;
    esa factura aún está por pagar that invoice still has to be paid;
    por difícil que sea however difficult it might be
    * * *
    por prep
    1) : for, during
    se quedaron allí por la semana: they stayed there during the week
    por el momento: for now, at the moment
    2) : around, during
    por noviembre empieza a nevar: around November it starts to snow
    por la mañana: in the morning
    3) : around (a place)
    debe estar por allí: it must be over there
    por todas partes: everywhere
    4) : by, through, along
    por la puerta: through the door
    pasé por tu casa: I stopped by your house
    por la costa: along the coast
    5) : for, for the sake of
    lo hizo por su madre: he did it for his mother
    ¡por Dios!: for heaven's sake!
    6) : because of, on account of
    llegué tarde por el tráfico: I arrived late because of the traffic
    dejar por imposible: to give up as impossible
    7) : per
    60 millas por hora: 60 miles per hour
    por docena: by the dozen
    8) : for, in exchange for, instead of
    su hermana habló por él: his sister spoke on his behalf
    9) : by means of
    hablar por teléfono: to talk on the phone
    por escrito: in writing
    10) : as for
    por mí: as far as I'm concerned
    11) : times
    tres por dos son seis: three times two is six
    12) según: from, according to
    por lo que dices: judging from what you're telling me
    13) : as, for
    por ejemplo: for example
    14) : by
    hecho por mi abuela: made by my grandmother
    por correo: by mail
    15) : for, in order to
    lucha por ganar su respeto: he struggles to win her respect
    estar por : to be about to
    por ciento : percent
    por favor : please
    por lo tanto : therefore, consequently
    ¿por qué? : why?
    por... que : no matter how
    por mucho que intente: no matter how hard I try
    por si or
    por si acaso : just in case
    * * *
    por prep
    1. (a través de) through
    2. (la calle) along / down
    3. (indica camino) via / by
    6. (a causa de) because of
    7. (a fin de) to / in order to
    10. (multiplicado) times
    12. (en vez de) instead of
    ir por / ir a por to fetch
    ¡ve a por mis zapatillas, por favor! fetch my slippers, please!
    por + adjetivo however + adjective
    por lo general generally / usually
    por si... in case...
    ¿por qué? why?

    Spanish-English dictionary > por

  • 3 देव _dēva

    देव a. (
    -वी f.) [दिव्-अच्]
    1 Divine, celestial; Bg.11. 11; Ms.12.117.
    -2 Shining; यज्ञस्य देवमृत्विजम् Rv.1.1.1.
    -3 Fit to be worshipped or honoured.
    -वः 1 A god, deity; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.3.12.
    -2 (a) The god of rain, an epithet of Indra; as in द्वादश वर्षाणि देवो न ववर्ष; अवर्षयद्देवः Rām.1.9.18; काले च देशे च प्रववर्ष देवः Bu. Ch.2.7. (b) A cloud.
    -3 A divine man, Brāhmaṇa, as in भूदेव.
    -4 A king, ruler, as in मनुष्यदेव; तां देवसमितिं (अभ्या- गच्छत्) Mb.3.13.22.
    -5 A title affixed to the names of Bārhmaṇas; as in गोविन्ददेव, पुरुषोत्तमदेव &c.
    -6 (In dramas) A title of honour used in addressing a king, ('My lord', 'Your majesty'); ततश्च देव Ve.4; यथाज्ञापयति देवः &c.
    -7 Quicksilver.
    -8 The Supreme Spirit; हित्वा च देहं प्रविशन्ति देवं दिवौकसो द्यामिव पार्थ सांख्याः Mb.12.31.112.
    -9 A fool
    -1 A child.
    -11 A man following any particular business.
    -12 A lover.
    -13 Emulation.
    -14 Sport, play.
    -15 A husband's brother (cf. देवृ, देवर).
    -16 A lancer.
    -वम् An organ of sense; देवानां प्रभवो देवो मनसश्च त्रिलोककृत् Mb.14.41.3. [cf. L. deus; Gr. deos.].
    -Comp. -अंशः a partial incarnation of god.
    -अगारः, -रम् a temple.
    -अङ्गना a celestial damsel, an apsaras.
    -अतिदेवः, -अधिदेवः 1 the highest god.
    -2 an epithet of (1) Śiva. (2) Buddha. (3) Viṣṇu. देवातिदेवो भगवान् प्रसूतिरंशे हरिर्यस्य जगत्प्रणेता Hariv.
    -अधिपः 1 an epithet of Indra.
    -2 the supreme god.
    -अनीकम् an army of celestials.
    -अनुचरः, -अनुयायिन् m. an attendant or follower of a god; निशम्य देवानुचरस्य वाचं मनुष्यदेवः पुनरप्युवाच R.2.52.
    -अन्धस् n.,
    अन्नम् 1 the food of gods, divine food, ambrosia.
    -2 food that has been first offered to an idol; see Ms.5.7 and Kull. thereon.
    -अभीष्ट a.
    1 liked by or dear to gods.
    -2 sacred or dedicated to a deity. (
    -ष्टा) piper betel.
    -अरण्यम् the garden of gods, the Nandana gar- den; अलमुद्द्योतयामासुर्देवारण्यमिवर्तवः R.1.8.
    -अरिः a demon.
    -अर्चनम्, -ना 1 the worship of gods.
    -2 idolatry.
    -अर्पणम् 1 an offering to the god.
    -2 the Veda; पृथग्- भूतानि चान्यानि यानि देवार्पणानि च Mb.13.86.17 (see com.).
    -आवसथः a temple.
    -अश्वः an epithet of उच्चैःश्रवस्, the horse of Indra.
    -आक्रीडः 'the garden of the gods', Nandana garden.
    -आजीवः, -आजीविन् m. an attendant upon an idol.
    -2 a low Brāhmaṇa subsisting by attendance upon an idol and upon the offerings made to it.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 consecrated, holy, sacred.
    -2 of a divine nature. (-m.)
    1 the divine soul; ते ध्यानयोगानुगता$ पश्यन् देवात्मशक्तिं स्वगुणैर्निगूढाम् Śvet. Up.1.3.
    -2 the holy fig-tree.
    -आयतनम् a temple; Ms.4.46; न देवा- यतनं गच्छेत् कदाचिद् वा$प्रदक्षिणम् । न पीडयेद् वा वस्त्राणि न देवा- यतनेष्वपि ॥ Kūrma P.
    -आयुधम् 1 a divine weapon.
    -2 rainbow.
    -आयुष्म् the life-time of a god.
    -आलयः 1 heaven.
    -2 a temple.
    -आवासः 1 heaven.
    -2 the holy fig-tree (अश्वत्थ).
    -3 a temple.
    -4 the Sumeru mountain.
    -आहारः nectar, ambrosia.
    -इज् a. (nom. sing. देवेट्-ड्) worshipping the gods.
    -इज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, preceptor of the gods.
    -इज्जः 1 an epithet of Indra.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -इष्ट a. dear to gods. (
    -ष्टः) bdellium. (
    -ष्टा) the wild lime tree.
    -ईशः an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Śiva. (3) Viṣṇu. (4) Brahman. (
    -शी) N. of Durgā also of Devakī mother of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -ईश्वरः N. of (1) Śiva. (2) Indra.
    -उद्यानम् 1 divine garden.
    -2 The Nandana garden.
    -3 a garden near a temple.
    -ऋषिः (देवर्षिः)
    1 a deified saint, divine sage such as अत्रि, भृगु, पुलस्त्य, अङ्गिरस् &c.; एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ Ku.6.84 (i. e. अङ्गिरस्); अथ देवऋषी राजन् संपरेतं नृपात्मजम् Bhāg.; आब्रह्मभुवनाल्लोका देवर्षिपितृमानवाः । तृप्यन्तु पितरः सर्वे मातृमातामहा- दयाः Tarpaṇamantra.
    -2 an epithet of Narada; देवर्षीणां च नारदः Bg.1.13.26.
    -ओकस् n. the mountain Meru or Sumeru.
    -कन्या a celestial damsel, a nymph; also देवकन्यका.
    -कर्दमाः sandal, aloe wood, camphor, saffron pounded together and made into a paste.
    -कर्मन् n.,
    -कार्यम् 1 a religious act or rite, divine command; अनुष्ठितदेवकार्यम् R.12.13.
    -2 the worship of gods.
    -काष्ठम् the Devadāru tree.
    -किरी N. of a Rāgiṇī; ललिता मालती गौरी नाटी देवकिरी तथा । मेघरागस्य रागिण्यो भवन्तीमाः सुमध्यमाः ॥
    -कुटम् a temple.
    -कुण़्डम् a natural spring.
    -कुलम् 1 a temple.
    -2 a race of gods.
    -3 a group of gods.
    -कुल्या the celestial Ganges.
    -कुसुमम् cloves; एलां च देवकुसुमं त्वक्पत्रं देवदारु च Śiva. B.3.14.
    -खातम्, -खातकम् 1 a natural hollow among moun- tains.
    -2 a natural pond or reservoir; Ms.4.23.
    -3 a pond near a temple. ˚बिल a cavern, chasm.
    -गणः a class of gods.
    -गणिका an apsaras; q. v.
    -गतिः the path of देवलोक; अनुज्ञातश्च रामेण ययौ देवगतिं मुनिः A. Rām. 2.1.4.
    -गन्धर्वः an epithet of Nārada. (
    -र्वम्) a particular mode of singing.
    -गर्जनम् thunder.
    -गर्भः see हिरण्यगर्भ; Rām.2.4.23.
    -गायनः a celestial choris- ter, a Gandharva.
    -गान्धारी N. of a Rāgiṇī गान्धारी देवगान्धारी मालवी श्रीश्च सारवी । रामकीर्यपि रागिण्यः श्रीरागस्य प्रिया इमाः ॥
    -गिरिः 1 N. of a mountain; cf. Me.44.
    -2 N. of a town (Daulatabad).
    -गिरी f. N. of a Rāgiṇī.
    -गुरुः 1 an epithet of Kaśyapa (the father of gods).
    -2 of Bṛihaspati (the preceptor of gods).
    -गुही an epithet of Sarasvatī or of a place situated on it.
    -गुह्यम् 1 a secret only known by gods.
    -2 death.
    -गृहम् 1 a temple.
    -2 the place of a king.
    -3 a planetary sphere.
    -ग्रहः a class of demons who causes harmless madness.
    -चरितम् the course of action or practices of the gods; न देवचरितं चरेत्.
    -चर्या the worship or service of gods.
    -चिकित्सकौ (du.) Aśvins, the twin physicians of gods.
    -छन्दः a pearl-necklace having 81, 1 or 18 strings; शतमष्टयुतं हारो देवच्छन्दो ह्यशीतिरेकयुता Bṛi. S.81.32.
    -जनः the gods collectively. ˚विद्या the science of music, dance, other arts &c.; Ch. Up.7.1.2.
    -जातम् a class of gods.
    -जामिः f. a sister of the gods; देवजामीनां पुत्रो$सि Av. 6.46.1.
    -तरुः 1 the holy fig-tree.
    -2 one of the trees of paradise. (i. e. मन्दार, पारिजात, सन्तान, कल्प and हरि- चन्दन); पञ्चैते देवतरवो मन्दारः पारिजातकः । सन्तानः कल्पवृक्षश्च पुंसि वा हरिचन्दनम् ॥ Ak.
    -3 the tree in a village (चैत्यवृक्ष) where the villagers usually meet (Mar. पार).
    -तर्पणम् offerings of water, part of the सन्ध्या ceremony.
    -ताडः 1 fire.
    -2 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -तातः 1 a sacrifice.
    -2 N. of Kaśyapa.
    -तातिः 1 a god.
    -2 divine service; स नो यक्षद् देवताता यजीयान् Rv.3.19.1.
    -तीर्थम् 1 the right moment for the worship of gods.
    -2 the tips of the fingers sacred to gods.
    -दत्त a.
    1 god-given, grant- ed by the gods.
    -2 given to the gods (as a village, &c.).
    (-त्तः) 1 N. of the conch-shell of Arjuna; देवदत्तं धनञ्जयः (दध्मौ) Bg.1.15.
    -2 a certain person (used in speaking of men indefinitely); मुक्तस्ततो यदि बन्धाद्देवदत्त उपाच्छिनत्ति Bhāg.5.14.24; देवदत्तः पचति, पिनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते &c.
    -3 one of the vital airs exhaled in yawning; देवदत्तो विजृम्भणे. ˚अग्रजः N. of Buddha.
    -दर्शन a. visiting the gods. (
    -नः) N. of Nārada; यथा प्राह नारदो देवदर्शनः Bhāg.2.8.1.
    -दारु m., n. a species of pine; गङ्गाप्रवाहोक्षित- देवदारु Ku.1.54; R.2.36.
    -दासः a servant or attendant upon a temple.
    (-सी) 1 a female in the service of gods or a temple.
    -2 a courtezan (employed as a dancer in a temple).
    -3 the wild citron tree.
    -दीपः the eye.
    -दुन्दुभिः 1 divine drum; देवदुन्दुभिनिर्घोषो पुष्पवृष्टिश्च खात् पतन् Rām.
    -2 the holy basil with red flowers.
    -3 an epi- thet of Indra.
    -दूतः a divine envoy or messenger, an angel.
    -देवः 1 an epithet of Brahman; Rām.1.43.1.
    -2 of Śiva; अयाचितारं न हि देवदेवमद्रिः सुतां ग्राहयितुं शशाक Ku.1.52.
    -3 of Viṣṇu; Bg.1.15.
    -4 of Gaṇeśa; दृष्टप्रभावो वरदो देवदेवो विनायकः Ks.2.55.
    -दैवत्य a. destined for the god; Ms.2.189.
    -द्रोणी a procession with idols.
    -धर्मः a religious duty or office.
    -धानी the city of Indra; तां देवधानीं स वरुथिनीपतिर्बहिः समन्ताद्रुरुधे पृतन्यया Bhāg. 8.15.23.
    -धान्यम् a kind of grass-grain (Mar. देवभात).
    -धिष्ण्यम् a chariot of the gods (विमान); Bhāg.1. 82.7.
    -नक्षत्रम् N. of the first 14 नक्षत्रs in the southern quarter (opp. to यमनक्षत्रम्).
    -नदी 1 the Ganges.
    -2 any holy river; Ms.2.17.
    -नन्दिन् m. N. of the door- keeper of Indra.
    -2 N. of a grammarian.
    -नागरी N. of the character in which Sanskrit is usually written.
    -नाथः Śiva.
    -निकायः 1 'residence of gods', paradise, heaven; तं तुष्टुवुर्देवनिकायकेतवः Bhāg.1.27.25.
    -2 a host or assembly of gods; Ms.1.36.
    -निन्दकः a blasphe- mer, unbeliever, heretic, atheist.
    -निन्दा heresy, athe- ism.
    -निर्माल्यम् 1 a garland remaining from a sacrifice.
    -निर्मित a. 'god-created', natural.
    -पतिः an epithet of Indra.
    -पादाः 'the royal feet or presence', an honorific term for a king; देवपादाः प्रमाणम्.
    -पथः 1 'heavenly passage', heaven, firmament दिव्यो देवपथो ह्येष नात्र गच्छन्ति मानुषाः Mb.
    -2 the milky way.
    -पशुः any animal con- secrated to a deity.
    -पात्रम् an epithet of Agni.
    -पुर्, -पुरी f. an epithet of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra.
    -पुरोहितः 1 a domestic priest of the gods.
    -2 the planet Jupiter (बृहस्पति).
    -पुष्पम् cloves.
    -पूज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati.
    -प्रतिकृतिः f.,
    -प्रतिमा an idol, the image of a deity.
    -प्रश्नः 'consulting deities', astrology, for- tune-telling.
    -प्रसूत a. good-produced (water); Av.6. 1.2.
    -प्रियः 'dear to the gods', an epithet of Śiva; (देवानांप्रियः an irreg. comp. meaning-
    1 a goat.
    -2 a fool, idiot like a brute breast, as in ते$प्यतात्पर्यज्ञा देवानांप्रियाः K. P.
    -3 an ascetic, who renounces the world).
    -बलिः an oblation to the gods.
    -बाहुः 1 N. of a king in the Yadu race.
    -2 N. of a sage; देवबाहुः शतधनुः कृतवर्मेति तत्सुताः Bhāg.
    -ब्रह्मन् m. an epithet of Nārada.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a Brāhmaṇa who lives on the proceeds of a temple.
    -2 a venerable Brāhmaṇa.
    -भक्तिः worship or service of the gods.
    -भवनम् 1 the heaven.
    -2> a temple.
    -3 the holy fig-tree.
    -भागः the northern hemisphere.
    -भ m. a god; (-f.) heaven.
    -भूमिः f. heaven; पितुः प्रदेशा- स्तव देवभूमयः Ku.5.45.
    -भूतिः f. an epithet of the Ganges.
    -भूयम् divinity, godhead; विदितमेव भवतां...... परां निर्वृतिमुपेत्य देवभूयं गताः सर्वे न पूर्वपुरुषा इति Rām. Champū.
    -भृत् m. an epithet of
    1 Viṣṇu.
    -2 of Indra.
    -भोगः Pleasure of the gods, heavenly joy; अन्नन्ति दिव्यान् दिवि देवभोगान् Bg.9.2.
    -भोज्यम् nectar.
    -मणिः 1 the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ.
    -2 the sun.
    -3 a curl of hair on a horse's neck; आवर्तिनः शुभफल- प्रदशुक्तियुक्ताः संपन्नदेवमणयो भृतरन्ध्रभागाः (अश्वाः) Śi.5.4; N.1.58.
    -मधु n. divine honey; असौ वा आदित्यो देवमधु Ch. Up.3.1.1.
    -मातृ f. N. of Aditi, mother of gods.
    -मातृक a. 'having the god of rain or clouds as foster-mother', watered only by the clouds, depending on rain-water and not on irrigation, deprived of every other kind of water (as a country); देशो नद्यम्बुवृष्ट्यम्बु- संपन्नव्रीहिपालितः । स्यान्नदीमातृको देवमातृकश्च यथाक्रमम् ॥ Ak.; cf. also वितन्वति क्षेममदेवमातृकाः (i. e. नदीमातृकाः) चिराय तस्मिन् कुरवश्चकासते Ki.1. 17.
    -मानकः the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ.
    -माया the Māyā of gods; ते दुस्तराम- तितरन्ति च देवमायाम् Bhāg.
    -मार्गः the air or sky.
    -मासः the eighth month of pregnancy.
    -मुनिः a divine sage.
    -यजनम् 1 a sacrificial place, a place where a sacrifice is performed; ततस्ते देवयजनं ब्राह्मणाः स्वर्णलाङ्गलैः (कृष्ट्वा) Bhāg.1.74.12. देवयजनसंभवे सीते U.4.
    -2 a place of worship; मण्डलं देवयजनं दीक्षासंस्कार आत्मनः Bhāg.12.11.17.
    -यजि a. making oblations to gods.
    -यज्ञः a sacrifice to the superior gods made by oblations to fire, or through fire to the gods; (one of the five daily sacri- fices of a Brāhmaṇa; see Ms.3.81,85 and पञ्चयज्ञ also).
    -यज्यम्, -यज्या a sacrifice.
    -यात्रा 'an idol- procession,' any sacred festival when the idols are carried in procession; केनापि देवयात्रागतेन सिद्धादेशेन साधुना मत्समक्षमादिष्टा M.5.12-13.
    -यान bestowing मोक्ष; यज्ञस्य देवयानस्य मेध्याय हविषे नृप Bhāg.8.8.2.
    -नः the path leading to मोक्ष; सत्येन पन्था विततो देवयानः Muṇḍ.3.1.6.
    -यानम् a celestial car.
    -युगम् 1 the first of the four ages of the world; also called कृतयुग, सनत्कुमारो भगवान् पुरा देवयुगे प्रभुः Rām.1.11.11.
    -2 an age of the gods comprising four ages of men.
    -योनिः 1 a super- human being, a demigod; विद्याधरो$प्सरोयक्षरक्षोगन्धर्वकिन्नराः । पिशाचो गुह्यकः सिद्धो भूतो$मी देवयोनयः ॥ Ak.
    -2 a being of divine origin.
    -3 fuel used in kindling fire (f. also).
    -योषा an apsaras.
    -रथः a car for carrying the image of god in procession.
    -थम् a day's journey for the sun's chariot.
    -रहस्यम् a divine mystery.
    -राज्, -राजः 1 an epithet of Indra; Rām.7.6.6.
    -2 a king.
    -3 N. of Buddha.
    -रातः 1 an epithet of Parīkṣit.
    -2 a kind of swan or crane.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of an empire in the Deccan.
    -लक्ष्मम् the Brāhmanical cord.
    -लता the Navamallikā or double jasmine plant.
    -लिङ्गम् the image or statue of a deity; Bhāg.3.17.13.
    -लोकः heaven, paradise; देवलोकस्य चर्त्विजः (प्रभुः) Ms.4.182.
    -वक्त्रम् an epithet of fire.
    -वर्त्मन् n. the sky or atmosphere.
    -वर्धकिः, -शिल्पिन् m. Viśvakarman, the architect of gods.
    -वाणी 'divine voice', a voice from heaven.
    -वाहनः an epithet of Agni.
    -विद्या 1 divine science; Ch. Up.7.1.2.
    -2 the science of Nirukta or etymology; ibid.
    -विभागः the northern hemisphere.
    -विश् f.,
    -विशा a deity.
    -वीतिः food of the gods.
    -वृक्षः the Mandāra tree.
    -व्यचस् a. Ved. occupied by the gods.
    -व्रतम् 1 a religious observance, any religious vow.
    -2 the favourite food of the gods. (
    -तः) an epithet of
    1 Bhīṣma; ततो विनशनं प्रागाद्यत्र देवव्रतो$पतत् Bhāg.1.9.1.
    -2 Kārtikeya.
    -व्रतत्वम् celibacy (ब्रह्मचारिव्रत); देवव्रतत्वं विज्ञाप्य Mb.5.172.19.
    -शत्रुः a demon; स देवशत्रूनिव देवराजः Mb.
    -शुनी an epithet of Saramā, the bitch of the gods.
    -शेखर the damanaka tree (Mar. दवणा).
    -शेषम् the remnants of a sacrifice offered to gods.
    -श्रीः m. a sacrifice. (f.) Lakṣmī.
    -श्रुतः an epithet of
    1 Viṣṇu.
    -2 Nārada.
    -3 a sacred treatise.
    -4 a god in general.
    -संसद् f. देवसभा q. v.
    -सत्यम् divine truth, established order of the gods.
    -संध a. divine.
    -सभा 1 an assembly of the gods (सुधर्मन्).
    -2 a council of a king, council-chamber.
    -3 a gambling-house.
    -सभ्यः 1 a gambler.
    -2 a fre- quenter of gaming-houses.
    -3 an attendant on a deity.
    -4 the keeper of a gambling-house.
    -सहा 1 rules of begging alms (? भिक्षासूत्र); L. D. B.
    -2 N. of a plant.
    -सायुज्यम् identification or unification with a deity, conjunction with the gods, deification.
    -सिंह an epithet of Śiva.
    -सुषिः a tube or cavity (in the heart) leading to the gods; cf. उदान, तस्य ह वा एतस्य हृदयस्य पञ्च देवसुषयः Ch. Up.3.13.1.
    -सू N. of 8 deities (अग्नि, सोम, सवितृ, रुद्र, बृहस्पति, इन्द्र, मित्र and वरुण).
    -सृष्टा an intoxicating drink.
    -सेना 1 the army of gods.
    -2 N. of the wife of Skanda; स्कन्देन साक्षादिव देवसेनाम् R.7.1. (Malli.:-- देवसेना = स्कन्दपत्नी perhaps it merely means 'the army of the gods' personified as Skanda's wife). ˚पतिः, ˚प्रियः an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -स्वम् 'property of gods', property applicable to religious purposes or endowments; यद्धनं यज्ञशीलानां देवस्वं तद्विदु- र्बुधाः Ms.11.2,26. ˚अपहरणम् sacrilege.
    -सावर्णिः the 13th Manu; मनुस्त्रयोदशो भाव्यो देवसावर्णिरात्मवान् Bhāg. 8.13.3.
    -हविस् n. an animal offered to gods at a sacrifice.
    -हिंसकः an enemy of gods.
    -हूः the left ear; Bhāg.4.25.51.
    -हूतिः f.
    1 invocation of the gods.
    -2 N. of a daughter of Manu Svāyambhuva and wife of Kardama.
    -हेडनम् an offence against the gods.
    -हेतिः a divine weapon.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > देव _dēva

  • 4 ἄγγελος

    ἄγγελος, ου, ὁ (Hom.+) ‘messenger’.
    ① a human messenger serving as an envoy, an envoy, one who is sent
    ⓐ by humans (Hom.+; ins, pap; Gen 32:4, 7; Jdth 1:11; 3:1; 1 Macc 1:44; 7:10; Jos., Ant. 14, 451, Vi. 89): in his earthly ministry Jesus ἀπέστειλεν ἀγγέλους (Diod S 2,18,1 the king of India to Semiramis; 4, 65, 4) Lk 9:52; of John the Baptist’s disciples 7:24; of Joshua’s scouts Js 2:25 (cp. Josh 7:22).
    ⓑ by God (prophets Hg 1:13; Mal subscr.; a priest Mal 2:7.—1 Esdr 1:48f. S. also Theognis 1, 769, where the poet is Μουσέων ἄγγελος; Epict. 3, 22, 23; 38; Ael. Aristid. 37 K.=1 p. 15 D.; Maximus Tyr. 11, 9c Plato, as the one who brings us information about God, is called ὁ ἐξ Ἀκαδημίας ἄγγ.; Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 20, 3; 5 Carnus the soothsayer is ἄγγ. of the gods) of John the Baptist as forerunner Mt 11:10; Mk 1:2; Lk 7:27 (all Mal 3:1; cp. Ex 23:20).
    ② a transcendent power who carries out various missions or tasks, messenger, angel (ἄ. as a spirit-being, oft. connected w. the nether world in Gr-Rom. sources [EZiebarth, Neue attische Fluchtafeln: NGG 1899, 127ff no. 24; IG XII/3, 933–74. Other material in Dibelius, Geisterwelt 209ff. S. also the oracles: Theosophien 13 p. 169, 31; Ps.-Callisth. 1, 1, 3 ἐπεκαλεῖτο τοὺς ἀγγέλους καὶ θεὸν Ἄμμωνα; 2, 25, 1; Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 21 ἄγγελοι θεῖοί τε κ. ἀγαθοὶ δαίμονες; Hierocles 3, 424; 23, 468.—ἄ. w. θεοί and δαίμονες Damascius (V/VI A.D.) 183 Ruelle; ἄ. w. δαίμονες and ἥρωες Proclus, Rep. II 243 Kroll, Tim. III 109 Diehl.—FCumont, RHR 72, 1915, 159–82; FAndres, D. Engellehre d. griech. Apologeten 1914 and in Pauly-W. Suppl. III 1918, 101ff; Rtzst., Myst. 171, 2; Bousset, ARW 18, 1915, 170ff] and as a transcendent power in Judaism [LXX; En 10:7; 20:1; 99:3 al.; Essenes in Jos., Bell. 2, 142; Philo, cp. Schürer III 881–85 (on Philo) w. lit.; Joseph.; Test12Patr; prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia (I B.C.) 9f κύριε ὁ πάντα ἐφορῶν καὶ οἱ ἄνγελοι θεοῦ; on this Dssm. LO 353f; 357=LAE 414; 418f; SIG 1181 w. note 2; PFouad 203, 3f (I A.D.); on this PBenoit, RB 58, ’51, 549–65; PKatz, TZ 10, ’54, 228–31. Loanw. in rabb.—Bousset, Rel. 320ff; J-BFrey, L’Angélologie juive au temps de J-Chr.: RSPT 5, 1911, 75–110; HKuhn, JBL 67, ’48, 217–32 Jewish apocalypses], likewise in the magical pap, w. their mixture of gentile and Jewish infl. [PGM 1, 76 an ἄ. as a star fr. heaven; 4, 570ff; 998; 1112; 13, 329; 585; 609; 744]. Cp. the ins APF 3, 1906, 445 no. 67; 451 no. 94. The more common term in polytheistic lit. for beings intermediate between gods and humans is δαίμων [q.v.], which monotheistic writers reserved for reference to a realm hostile to God’s interests, while retaining the term ἄ. for intermediate beings, either those loyal to God or those in rebellion [s. c].)
    ⓐ as messengers of God, angels (LXX; Philo, Somn. 1, 190; transcendent messengers of the gods in Hom. are not intermediate beings. Yet the description of Hermes, the κῆρυξ τῶν θεῶν, as their ἄγγελος ἄριστος [Diod S 5, 75, 2] may have made it easier for Gr-Romans in general to understand ἄ. as God’s heavenly messenger; cp. the messenger of the god Men: EA 18, ’91 p. 92f, no. 2, 5f [lit.]) mostly w. gen.: κυρίου (Gen 16:10f al.) Mt 1:20; 2:13, 19; Lk 1:11; 2:9; Ac 5:19; 12:7, 23. τοῦ θεοῦ (Gen 31:11; 32:2 al.; Philo, Deus Imm. 1; Jos., Bell. 5, 388) Lk 12:8f; 15:10; J 1:51 (HWindisch, ZNW 30, ’31, 215–33; also s. below on Lk. 2:15). ἄ. θεοῦ (Gen 21:17 A; Judg 13:6 B; Jos., Ant. 1, 73; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 31, 18) Gal 4:14; Hb 1:6 (Ps 96:7; Dt 32:43); 1 Cl 29:2 (Dt 32:8). Abs. (Num 20:16; Judg 13:11; Tob 6:4ff al.) Lk 1:13, 18, 38; 2:10, 13, 15, 21; J 20:12; Ac 7:53; 1 Ti 3:16; 1 Pt 1:12 (in wordplay on the superiority of human beings to angels s. Sextus 32; on their status and classification s. also Orig., C. Cels. 4, 29, 16) al. ἅγιοι ἄ. (PGM 4, 1934, 1938) Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 10:22; Rv 14:10; 1 Cl 39:7 (Job 5:1); Hv 2, 2, 7; ἐκλεκτοὶ ἄ. 1 Ti 5:21 (ἄ. as witnesses so TestLevi 19:3 and SIG 1181, 10=Dssm. LO 351–62 [LAE 413–24]; cp. Jos., Bell. 2, 401); ἄ. ἰσχυρός (cp. Da 4:13; Ps 102:20) Rv 5:2; 18:21. Their abode is heaven, and so they are ἄ. τῶν οὐρανῶν Mt 24:36 (unless οὐρ.=θεοῦ); ἄ. ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Mk 12:25; ἄ. ἐν οὐρανῷ 13:32; ἄ. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ Gal 1:8, cp. Mt 22:30; 28:2; Lk 22:43. They return to heaven when they have fulfilled their mission on earth 2:15. Hence ἄ. φωτός (cp. SJCh 78, 17) 2 Cor 11:14; ἄ. φωταγωγοί B 18:1. There the good are united w. them after death Hv 2, 2, 7; Hs 9, 27, 3. They appear in dazzling light Lk 2:9; Ac 7:30 (Ex 3:2); ISm 6:1; cp. the ‘shining face’ of Ac 6:15; or in white garments J 20:12; cp. Mt 28:3; Lk 24:4. Called πνεύματα Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both after Ps 103:4). πνεύματα λειτουργικά serving spirits Hb 1:14. Their voice is like thunder J 12:29; γλῶσσαι τῶν ἀ. language of angels 1 Cor 13:1 (after the analogy of the languages of the gods, Plato in Clem. Al., Strom. 1, 143; cp. 2 Cor 12:4; Rv 14:2f; TestJob 48–50; GSteindorff, Apk. d. Elias: TU 17, 3a, 1899, 153). They bring messages fr. God to men Lk 1:11f; Mt 28:2ff, and were also active in the giving of the law νόμος διαταγεὶς διʼ ἀγγέλων Gal 3:19; cp. Ac 7:38, 53; Hb 2:2 (Jos., Ant. 15, 136 τῶν ἐν τοῖς νόμοις διʼ ἀγγέλων παρὰ τ. θεοῦ μαθόντων; cp. Did., Gen. 110, 15 κἂν γὰρ διὰ ὑπουργῶν ἀγγέλων ποιῇ ἃ βούλεται θεός). As guardian angels of individuals (Tob 5:6, 22; cp. PGM 1, 172ff; Ael. Aristid. 50, 57 K.=26 p. 519 D.: ὁ σὸς Ἑρμῆς ἐστιν, to whom Aristid. has been entrusted since his birth) Mt 18:10 (PBarry, ET 23, 1912, 182); Ac 12:15 (JMoulton, JTS 3, 1902, 514–27, ET 14, 1903, 5ff); Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11); Hv 5:1f. They conduct the blessed dead into heaven Lk 16:22 (Hermes does this acc. to Pythag. [Diog. L. 8, 31]); instruct humans to do good Hv 3, 5, 4; δικαιοσύνης m 6, 2, 1 (ParJer 8:12); rejoice at the repentance of a sinner Lk 15:10; cp. the ἄ. τῆς μετανοίας Hm 12, 4, 7; 12, 6, 1 al. They preside over various realms ἄ. ὁ ἔχων ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρός Rv 14:18; ἄ. τῶν ὑδάτων 16:5; the four winds 7:1. God assigns them διακόσμησις γῆς Pa (4) (cp. ἄγγελοι ἐπὶ τῶν ἐξουσιῶν GrBar 12:3). An angel, Thegri, rules the animal world Hv 4, 2, 4 (Synes., Ep. 57 p. 192b δαίμονες as leaders of the grasshoppers). ἄ. τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ προφητικοῦ m 11:9; τὸν ἄ. τὸν τιμωρητήν Hs 7:6; cp. ὁ ἄ. ὁ μέγας Hs 8, 4, 1.—As creator of the world AcPlCor 1:15. On ἄ. τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν Rv 1:20, cp. 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on the textual problems associated w. these vss. s. RCharles, ICC Comm. 1920, I, clvii; clxf; II 244; RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42f) and s. on ἀστήρ.—Subordinate to Christ Mt 4:11; 13:41; 16:27; Hb 1:4ff (Ps 96:7; B-D-F §254, 2); 1 Pt 3:22; Rv 5:11f; glorify him J 1:51 (JFritsch “… videbitis … angelos Dei ascendentes …,” VD 37, ’59, 1–11). δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀ. Mt 26:53; μυριάσιν ἀ. Hb 12:22; cp. Rv 5:11. Seven principal angels (Tob 12:15) Rv 8:2, 6; 15:1, 6; 16:1; 17:1; 21:9 (GDix, The Seven Archangels and the Seven Spirits: JTS 28, 1927, 233–50). Six angels, created first, to whom the management of all creation is entrusted Hv 3, 4, 1. Angels at the Parousia Mt 24:31; 2 Th 1:7. Μιχαὴλ καὶ οἱ ἄ. αὐτοῦ Rv 12:7. Revered by people (Celsus 1, 26 Ἰουδαίους σέβειν ἀγγέλους; 5, 6) θρησκείᾳ τῶν ἀ. worship of angels Col 2:18; λατρεύειν ἀγγέλοις as a sign of Jewish piety PtK 2 p. 14, 26=Clem. Al., Strom. 6, 41 p. 452, 9. Christ as σεμνότατος ἄ. Hv 5:2; m 5, 1, 7; cp. ὁ ἅγιος ἄ. Hs 5, 4, 4 v.l.; ὁ ἔνδοξος ἄ. Hs 5, 4, 4; 7:1ff; 8, 1, 2. ὁ ἄ. κυρίου Hs 7:5; 8, 1, 2ff; called Michael in Hs 8, 3, 3, where it is to be noted that Michael was the guardian angel of God’s people (WLueken, D. Erzengel Michael 1900; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 575f).
    ⓑ intermediate beings gener., w. no ref. to their relation to God (opp. ἄνθρωποι; s. 2 above immediately before a) 1 Cor 4:9 (cp. TestJos 19:9 ἔχαιρον ἐπʼ αὐτῷ οἱ ἄγγελοι κ. οἱ ἄνθρωποι κ. πᾶσα ἡ γῆ).—Ro 8:38 ἄ. as serving spirit-powers seem to be differentiated fr. the ἀρχαί, who rule.
    ⓒ evil spirits (Lactant., Inst. 2, 15, 8 daemonas Trismegistus ἀγγέλους πονηρούς appellat. Cp. also Job 1:6; 2:1; Philo, Gig. 16; TestAsh 6:4; PGM 4, 2701; αἱ πονηραὶ δυνάμεις, διάβολος καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ Did., Gen. 45, 5; ADieterich, Nekyia 1893, 60f) τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ Mt 25:41; cp. Rv 12:9. ὁ δράκων καὶ οἱ ἄ. αὐτοῦ vs. 7; ἄ. τῆς ἀβύσσου 9:11 (s. Ἀβαδδών); ἄ. πονηρός B 9:4; ἄ. τῆς πονηρίας in contrast to guardian angels Hm 6, 2, 1; ἄ. Σατανᾶ, which causes physical pain 2 Cor 12:7; esp. called ἄ. τρυφῆς καὶ ἀπάτης Hs 6, 2, 1f; leading men into evil B 18:1. Of the angels’ fall and their punishment (cp., in the opinion of many, Gen 6:2; En 6ff; 54; Book of Jubilees 5; SyrBar 56:13; LJung, Fallen Angels in Jewish, Christian, and Mohammedan Lit. 1926; ALods, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. I 29–54) ὁ θεὸς ἀγγέλων ἁμαρτησάντων οὐκ ἐφείσατο 2 Pt 2:4; ἀ. τοὺς μὴ τηρήσαντας τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχήν who did not keep to their proper domain (s. ἀρχή 7) Jd 6. From the pass. already quoted above w. Gen. 6:2 (cp. also TestReub 5:3; Jos., Ant. 1, 73 ἄγγελοι θεοῦ γυναιξὶ συνιόντες; and polytheists’ concept of erotic desires of transcendent beings: HUsener, Weihnachtsfest2 1911, 74f; Rtzst., Poim. 228ff. Herr der Grösse 14f; and GJs 14:1) some conclude that the angels were subject to erotic desires; this is held to explain the regulation that women are to wear a veil in church services, since angels are present (cp. Origen, Orat. 31 and Ps 137:1 ἐναντίον ἀγγέλων ψαλῶ σοι) 1 Cor 11:10 (for another view and for the lit. s. ἐξουσία 7; s. also JFitzmyer, [Qumran angelology] NTS 4, ’57/58, 48–58; LJervis, JBL 112, ’93, 243–45: angels mediate God’s presence). In 6:3 οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ἀγγέλους κρινοῦμεν; it is not certain whether only fallen angels are meant; θρησκείᾳ τῶν ἀ. worship of angels Col 2:18 polemicizes against what appears to be a type of gnostic reverence for angels. (On Qumran angelology s. Fitzmyer, cited above.)—OEverling, D. paulinische Angelologie u. Dämonologie 1888; Dibelius, Geisterwelt 1909; GKurze, D. Engels-u. Teufels-glaube d. Ap. Pls 1915; MJones, St Paul and the Angels: Exp. 8th ser., 16, 1921, 356–70; 412–25; EPeterson, D. Buch von den Engeln ’35; JMichl, D. Engelvorstellungen in Apk I ’37; ELangton, The Angel Teaching of the NT ’37; JBernardin, JBL 57, ’38, 273–79; ESchick, D. Botschaft der Engel im NT ’40; WMichaelis, Z. Engelchristol. im Urchristent. ’42; GHatzidakis, Ἄγγελος u. Verwandtes: SBWienAk 173, 1914.—B. 1486. DELG. DDD 81–96 (lit.). M-M. New Docs 5, 72f. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἄγγελος

  • 5 richten

    I v/t
    1. (lenken, wenden) direct, turn ( auf + Akk towards); (Gewehr, Kamera etc.) point (at); (Augen) turn (towards); (Aufmerksamkeit) direct, turn (to); (Brief, Frage etc.) address (an + Akk to); (Kritik) direct, level (at); eine Frage an jemanden / den Sprecher richten put a question to s.o. / address a question to the speaker; das war gegen dich gerichtet that was aimed at ( oder intended for, meant for) you; alle Blicke richteten sich auf... (Akk) all eyes turned to look at... ( oder in the direction of...); gerichtet auf (+ Akk) MIL., Rakete: targeted on
    2. Dial. (zurechtmachen) (Bett) make; (Zimmer) tidy up; (Haare) do; (vorbereiten, zubereiten) get s.th. ready, prepare; (Tisch) lay the table; (ausbessern) repair, fix; (in Ordnung bringen) see to; er wird’s schon richten umg. he’ll fix it
    3. (einstellen) adjust; (Uhr) set ( nach by)
    4. (gerade biegen) straighten, flatten; MED. (Knochenbruch etc.) set; TECH. (Bleche) level; sich (Dat) die Zähne richten lassen have one’s teeth straightened
    5. (urteilen) judge; JUR. auch pass sentence on
    II v/refl
    1. sich richten nach (Regeln, Wünschen) comply with; (abhängen von) depend on; (sich orientieren an) take one’s cue from; (nach einem Vorbild) follow s.o.’s example; Sache: be model(l)ed after ( oder on); sich nach der Mode richten follow the fashion; sich nach den Vorschriften richten observe the regulations; nach der Uhr kannst du dich nicht richten you can’t go by that clock; das richtet sich ( ganz) nach dem Wetter etc. that depends (entirely) on the weather etc.; ich richte mich ( ganz) nach Ihnen whatever suits you best; warum müssen sich alle nach ihr richten? why does everybody have to fit in with her ( oder what she wants)?
    2. (wenden) sich richten an (+ Akk) oder gegen be directed ( oder aimed) at; mein Verdacht richtet sich gegen ihn I suspect him
    3. sich selbst richten euph. take one’s own life
    III v/i judge ( über jemanden s.o.), pass judg(e)ment (on s.o.); milde / streng richten be mild / harsh in one’s judgement; richtet nicht, auf dass ihr nicht gerichtet werdet! BIBL. judge not that ye be not judged!
    * * *
    (adressieren) to address;
    (reparieren) to fix;
    (urteilen) to judge;
    (zielen) to point; to direct; to rivet
    * * *
    rịch|ten ['rɪçtn]
    1. vt
    1) (= lenken) to direct (
    auf +acc towards), to point ( auf +acc at, towards); Augen, Blicke, Aufmerksamkeit, Kamera to direct, to turn ( auf +acc towards), to focus ( auf +acc on); Pläne, Wünsche, Tun to direct ( auf +acc towards)

    den Kurs nach Norden/Osten etc richten —

    die Augen gen Himmel richten (liter) richt euch! (Mil) (Sch) — to raise or lift one's eyes heavenwards (liter) or to heaven (liter) right dress! get in a straight line!

    See:
    2)

    (= ausrichten) etw nach jdm/etw richten — to suit or fit sth to sb/sth; Lebensstil, Verhalten to orientate sth to sb/sth

    3) (= adressieren) Briefe, Anfragen to address, to send (
    an +acc to); Bitten, Forderungen, Gesuch to address, to make ( an +acc to); Kritik, Vorwurf to level, to direct, to aim (gegen at, against)
    4) (esp S Ger) (= zurechtmachen) to prepare, to get ready; Essen auch to get, to fix; (= in Ordnung bringen) to do, to fix; (= reparieren) to fix; Haare to do; Tisch to lay (Brit), to set; Betten to make, to do

    jdm ein Bad richten (form, S Ger) — to draw (form) or run a bath for sb

    5) (= einstellen) to set; (S Ger = gerade biegen) to straighten (out), to bend straight
    6)

    (Aus: = erreichen) richten — to do nicely for oneself (inf)

    7) (old = hinrichten) to execute, to put to death
    2. vr
    1) (= sich hinwenden) to focus, to be focussed (
    auf +acc on), to be directed ( auf +acc towards); (Gedanken, Augen, Blick) to turn, to be directed ( auf +acc towards); (Hoffnungen) to be focussed ( auf +acc on); (Protest, Kritik) to be directed or aimed (gegen at)
    2) (= sich wenden) to consult (an jdn sb); (Maßnahme, Vorwurf etc) to be directed or aimed (gegen at)
    3) (= sich anpassen) to follow (nach jdm/etw sb/sth)

    mir ist es egal, ob wir früher oder später gehen, ich richte mich nach dir — I don't mind if we go earlier or later, I'll fit in with you or I'll do what you do

    wir richten uns ganz nach unseren Kunden — we are guided entirely by our customers' wishes

    sich nach den Sternen/der Wettervorhersage/dem, was er behauptet, richten — to go by the stars/the weather forecast/what he maintains

    und richte dich ( gefälligst) danach! (inf) — (kindly) do as you're told

    4) (= abhängen von) to depend (nach on)
    5) (esp S Ger = sich zurechtmachen) to get ready
    3. vi
    liter = urteilen) to judge (über jdn sb), to pass judgement ( über +acc on)

    milde/streng richten — to be mild/harsh in one's judgement

    richtet nicht, auf dass ihr nicht gerichtet werdet! (Bibl) — judge not, that ye be not judged (Bibl)

    * * *
    1) (to speak or write to: I shall address my remarks to you only.) address
    2) (to direct (attention, a look etc) at: She fixed all her attention on me.) fix
    3) ((usually with at) to aim (a gun etc): He levelled his pistol at the target.) level
    4) (to put (broken bones) into the correct position for healing: They set his broken arm.) set
    5) (to direct (over or towards something): The firemen played their hoses over the burning house.) play
    6) (to aim in a particular direction: He pointed the gun at her.) point
    7) (to point or aim (a gun, telescope etc) in a particular direction: He trained the gun on/at the soldiers.) train
    * * *
    rich·ten
    [ˈrɪçtn̩]
    I. vt
    ▪ etw irgendwohin \richten to point sth somewhere; Strahl a. to direct sth somewhere; Waffe, Kamera a. to train sth somewhere
    den Blick zu Boden \richten to look down; (aus Demut, Scham) to lower one's eyes
    den Blick in die Ferne \richten to look into the distance
    den Kurs nach Osten \richten to steer an easterly course
    die Waffe gegen sich akk selbst \richten to turn the weapon on oneself
    ▪ etw auf jdn/etw \richten to point sth at sb/sth; Strahl a. to direct sth towards [or at] sb/sth; Waffe, Kamera a. to train sth on sb/sth
    die Augen [o den Blick] auf jdn \richten to look directly at sb, to turn one's eyes to sb
    den Blick auf etw akk \richten to [have a] look at sth; (beobachten) to observe sth
    er hat all sein Tun auf dieses Ziel gerichtet everything he did served to achieve this object
    unsre Verbesserungen sind auf die Verkaufsleistung gerichtet our improvements affect sales performance only
    ein kommunistisch gerichteter Gedanke a thought based on [or aligned along] communist teachings
    seine Aufmerksamkeit auf etw akk \richten to turn one's attention to sth
    seine ganze Aufmerksamkeit auf etw akk \richten to give sth one's full attention
    all sein Bemühen auf etw akk \richten to direct all one's efforts towards sth
    seine Wut gegen jdn \richten to vent one's anger on sb
    ▪ etw nach jdm/etw \richten to arrange sth to suit sb/sth
    ▪ etw an jdn/etw \richten to address sth to sb/sth; Kritik to direct [or level] sth at sb; (zusenden a.) to send sth to sb/sth [or sb/sth sth]
    eine Bitte/Frage an jdn \richten to put a request/question to sb
    die Frage ist an Sie gerichtet the question is meant for you
    ein Gesuch an jdn \richten to petition sb
    eine Mahnung an jdn \richten to give/send sb a warning
    das Wort an jdn \richten to address sb
    ▪ etw \richten to straighten sth; (ebnen) to level sth
    Blech \richten to flatten sheet metal
    eine Delle \richten to dress [or sep true up] a dent
    einen Knochenbruch \richten to set a fracture
    Lager/Räder \richten to centre BRIT [or AM center] bearings/wheels
    ▪ etw \richten to align sth; eine Antenne \richten to direct [or align] an aerial
    eine Kanone \richten to aim a cannon
    ▪ etw \richten to build [or sep put up] sth
    8. ESP SÜDD, ÖSTERR, SCHWEIZ (ordnen)
    sich/jdm die Haare \richten to do one's/sb's hair
    sich/jdm die Krawatte \richten to adjust [or straighten] one's/sb's tie
    9. ESP SÜDD, ÖSTERR, SCHWEIZ (reparieren)
    ▪ [jdm] etw \richten to fix [or repair] [or mend] sth [for sb]
    10. ESP SÜDD, ÖSTERR, SCHWEIZ (bereiten)
    ▪ [jdm] etw \richten to prepare sth [or get sth ready] [for sb]
    jdm ein Bad \richten to run a bath for sb
    die Betten \richten to make the beds
    das Frühstück \richten to make [or get] breakfast
    den Tisch \richten to lay the table
    11. ESP SÜDD, ÖSTERR, SCHWEIZ (sorgen)
    ▪ etw \richten to arrange sth
    das kann ich schon \richten I can arrange it
    das lässt sich schon \richten that should be no problem
    ▪ jdn \richten to judge sb, to pass judg[e]ment on sb
    ▪ jdn \richten to condemn sb
    14. (veraltend geh: exekutieren)
    ▪ jdn \richten to execute sb
    II. vr
    sich akk in die Höhe \richten to stand [or get] up
    ▪ sich akk irgendwohin \richten to point somewhere; Strahlen a. to be directed somewhere; Augen to look somewhere
    die Strahlen richteten sich auf einen Punkt the beams converged to a point
    ihr ganzer Hass richtete sich auf ihn he was the object of all her hatred
    sein ganzes Denken richtet sich auf eine Lösung his single thought is to find a solution
    ▪ sich akk gegen jdn/etw \richten to criticize [or BRIT a. -ise] sb/sth
    in seiner Rede richtet er sich gegen die Partei he spoke derogatorily of the party, his speech criticized the party
    ▪ sich akk an jdn/etw \richten to be directed at sb/sth; Kritik, Vorwurf a. to be aimed [or levelled [or AM -l-]] at sb/sth
    ▪ sich akk gegen jdn/etw \richten to be directed at [or against] sb/sth
    6. (fragen)
    ▪ sich akk an jdn/etw \richten to ask sb/sth; (sich wenden a.) to turn to sb/sth; (Rat holen a.) to consult sb/sth
    ▪ sich akk nach jdm/etw \richten to comply with sb/sth
    wir richten uns ganz nach Ihnen we'll fit in with you
    sich akk nach den Vorschriften \richten to follow [or keep to] the rules
    sich akk nach jds Wünschen \richten to fit in with sb's wishes
    ▪ sich akk nach etw dat \richten to depend on sth, to be dependent on sth; Quantität a. to be based on sth
    ▪ sich akk danach \richten, ob/wie viel... to depend on whether/how much...
    9. MIL
    richt euch! right dress!
    10. (veraltend geh: töten)
    ▪ sich akk selbst \richten to die by one's own hand
    III. vi
    1. (urteilen) to pass judg[e]ment
    gerecht/hart \richten to be an impartial/a harsh judge
    2. (geh: verurteilen)
    ▪ über jdn/in etw dat \richten to judge sb/sth
    * * *
    1.
    1) direct < gaze> (auf + Akk. at, towards); turn <eyes, gaze> (auf + Akk. towards); point <torch, telescope, gun> (auf + Akk. at); aim, train <gun, missile, telescope, searchlight> (auf + Akk. on); (fig.) direct <activity, attention> (auf + Akk. towards); address < letter, remarks, words> (an + Akk. to); direct, level < criticism> (an + Akk. at); send <letter of thanks, message of greeting> (an + Akk. to)
    2) (geraderichten) straighten; set < fracture>
    3) (einstellen) aim <cannon, missile>; direct < aerial>
    4) (aburteilen) judge; (verurteilen) condemn; s. auch zugrunde 1)
    2.

    sich auf jemanden/etwas richten — (auch fig.) be directed towards somebody/something

    2)

    sich an jemanden/etwas richten — < person> turn on somebody/something; <appeal, explanation> be directed at somebody/something

    sich gegen jemanden/etwas richten — < person> criticize somebody/something; <criticism, accusations, etc.> be aimed or levelled or directed at somebody/something

    sich nach jemandem/jemandes Wünschen richten — fit in with somebody/somebody's wishes

    sich nach jemandem/etwas richten — depend on somebody/something

    3.
    intransitives Verb (urteilen) judge; pass judgement

    über jemanden richten — judge somebody; pass judgement on somebody; (zu Gericht sitzen) sit in judgement over somebody

    * * *
    A. v/t
    1. (lenken, wenden) direct, turn (
    auf +akk towards); (Gewehr, Kamera etc) point (at); (Augen) turn (towards); (Aufmerksamkeit) direct, turn (to); (Brief, Frage etc) address (
    an +akk to); (Kritik) direct, level (at);
    eine Frage an jemanden/den Sprecher richten put a question to sb/address a question to the speaker;
    das war gegen dich gerichtet that was aimed at ( oder intended for, meant for) you;
    alle Blicke richteten sich auf … (akk) all eyes turned to look at … ( oder in the direction of …);
    gerichtet auf (+akk) MIL, Rakete: targeted on
    2. dial (zurechtmachen) (Bett) make; (Zimmer) tidy up; (Haare) do; (vorbereiten, zubereiten) get sth ready, prepare; (Tisch) lay the table; (ausbessern) repair, fix; (in Ordnung bringen) see to;
    er wird’s schon richten umg he’ll fix it
    3. (einstellen) adjust; (Uhr) set (
    nach by)
    4. (gerade biegen) straighten, flatten; MED (Knochenbruch etc) set; TECH (Bleche) level;
    sich (dat)
    die Zähne richten lassen have one’s teeth straightened
    5. (urteilen) judge; JUR auch pass sentence on
    B. v/r
    1.
    sich richten nach (Regeln, Wünschen) comply with; (abhängen von) depend on; (sich orientieren an) take one’s cue from; (nach einem Vorbild) follow sb’s example; Sache: be model(l)ed after ( oder on);
    sich nach der Mode richten follow the fashion;
    sich nach den Vorschriften richten observe the regulations;
    nach der Uhr kannst du dich nicht richten you can’t go by that clock;
    das richtet sich (ganz) nach dem Wetter etc that depends (entirely) on the weather etc;
    ich richte mich (ganz) nach Ihnen whatever suits you best;
    warum müssen sich alle nach ihr richten? why does everybody have to fit in with her ( oder what she wants)?
    sich richten an (+akk) oder
    gegen be directed ( oder aimed) at;
    3.
    sich selbst richten euph take one’s own life
    C. v/i judge (
    über jemanden sb), pass judg(e)ment (on sb);
    milde/streng richten be mild/harsh in one’s judgement;
    richtet nicht, auf dass ihr nicht gerichtet werdet! BIBEL judge not that ye be not judged!
    * * *
    1.
    1) direct < gaze> (auf + Akk. at, towards); turn <eyes, gaze> (auf + Akk. towards); point <torch, telescope, gun> (auf + Akk. at); aim, train <gun, missile, telescope, searchlight> (auf + Akk. on); (fig.) direct <activity, attention> (auf + Akk. towards); address <letter, remarks, words> (an + Akk. to); direct, level < criticism> (an + Akk. at); send <letter of thanks, message of greeting> (an + Akk. to)
    2) (geraderichten) straighten; set < fracture>
    3) (einstellen) aim <cannon, missile>; direct < aerial>
    4) (aburteilen) judge; (verurteilen) condemn; s. auch zugrunde 1)
    2.

    sich auf jemanden/etwas richten — (auch fig.) be directed towards somebody/something

    2)

    sich an jemanden/etwas richten — < person> turn on somebody/something; <appeal, explanation> be directed at somebody/something

    sich gegen jemanden/etwas richten — < person> criticize somebody/something; <criticism, accusations, etc.> be aimed or levelled or directed at somebody/something

    sich nach jemandem/jemandes Wünschen richten — fit in with somebody/somebody's wishes

    sich nach jemandem/etwas richten — depend on somebody/something

    3.
    intransitives Verb (urteilen) judge; pass judgement

    über jemanden richten — judge somebody; pass judgement on somebody; (zu Gericht sitzen) sit in judgement over somebody

    * * *
    (nach, auf) v.
    to direct (to, at) v. v.
    to judge (by) v.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > richten

  • 6 गो _gō

    गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.]
    1 Cattle, kine (pl.)
    -2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c.
    -3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1.
    -4 The sky.
    -5 The thunder- bolt of Indra; Ki.8.1.
    -6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6.
    -7 A diamond.
    -8 Heaven.
    -9 An arrow. -f.
    1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6.
    -2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (
    -6).
    -3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2.
    -4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī.
    -5 A mother.
    -6 A quarter of the compass.
    -7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5.
    -8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42.
    -9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव.
    -2 The hair of the body.
    -3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3.
    -4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49.
    -5 The sun.
    -6 The number 'nine' (in math.).
    -7 The moon.
    -8 A singer.
    -9 A billion.
    -1 A cow-sacrifice
    -11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा... Enm.
    -Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made im- passable.
    -2 the cow's hoof.
    -3 the print of a cow's hoof.
    -कर्ण a. having cow's ears.
    (-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57.
    -2 a mule.
    -3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42.
    -4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P.
    -5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33.
    -6 a kind of deer.
    -7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42.
    -किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird.
    -किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough
    -2 a pestle.
    -कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb.
    -2 a cow-house.
    -3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up).
    -कुलिक a.
    1 one who does not help a cow in the mud.
    -2 squint-eyed.
    -कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā.
    -कृतम् cow-dung.
    -क्षीरम् cow's milk.
    -क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof.
    -खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13.
    -खा a nail.
    -गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf.
    -गोयुगम् a pair of oxen.
    -गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed.
    -ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung.
    -2 a cow-house.
    -ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2.
    -ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite.
    -घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer.
    -घृतम् 1 rain-water.
    -2 clarified butter coming from a cow.
    -घ्न a.
    1 destructive to cows.
    -2 one who has killed a cow.
    -3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest.
    -चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood.
    -चर a.
    1 grazed over by cattle.
    -2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77.
    -3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13.
    -4 moving on earth.
    -5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12.
    -6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent.
    (-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1.
    -2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39.
    -3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible.
    -4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16.
    -5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1.
    -6 horizon.
    -7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4.
    -8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other.
    ˚पीडा in- auspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current).
    -चर्मन् n.
    1 a cow's hide.
    -2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha:-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29.
    -चारकः cowherd.
    -चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8.
    -ज a.
    1 born in the earth (rice &c.).
    -2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा...... Kaṭh.5.2.
    -जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13.
    -जलम् the urine of a bull or cow.
    -जागरिकम् auspi- ciousness, happiness. (
    -कः) a preparer of food, baker.
    -जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11.
    -जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी).
    -जिह्विका the uvula.
    -जीव a. living on cattle (milk- man); Hch.1.7.
    -तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow.
    -तीर्थम् a cowhouse.
    -त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क]
    1 a cow-pen.
    -2 a stable in general.
    -3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141.
    -4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88.
    -5 a multitude.
    -6 increase.
    -7 a forest.
    -8 a field.
    -9 a road.
    -1 possessions, wealth.
    -11 an umbrella, a parasol.
    -12 knowledge of futurity.
    -13 a genus, class, species.
    -14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (
    -त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm.
    (-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows.
    -2 the earth.
    ˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree.
    ˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family.
    ˚कीला the earth.
    ˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135.
    ˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree.
    ˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family.
    -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52.
    ˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8.
    -द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (
    -दः) brain. (
    -दा) N. of the river Godāvarī.
    -दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (
    -त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (
    -त्रम्) a crown (pro- tecting the head).
    -दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail.
    (-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment.
    -2 a white fossil substance.
    -दानम् 1 the gift of a cow.
    -2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently).
    -3 the part of the head close to the right ear.
    -दाय a. intending to give cows.
    -दारणम् 1 a plough.
    -2 a spade, hoe.
    -दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south.
    -दुह् m.,
    -दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi.
    -दोहः 1 the milking of cows.
    -2 the milk of cows.
    -3 the time of milking cows.
    -दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows.
    -2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4.
    -दोहनी a milk-pail.
    -द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow.
    -धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle.
    -2 possession of cows. (
    -नः) a broad-pointed arrow.
    -धरः a mountain.
    -धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26.
    -धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13.
    -2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour;
    -सम्भवम् a sour paste.
    -धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called be- cause cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth).
    -धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf.
    -भ्रः a mountain.
    -नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva.
    -नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird.
    -नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull).
    -3 N. of a country.
    -नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya.
    -नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake.
    -2 a kind of gem.
    -नसा the mouth of a cow.
    -नाथः 1 a bull.
    -2 an owner of land.
    -3 a herdsman.
    -4 an owner of kine.
    -नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3.
    -नाशनः a wolf.
    -नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox.
    -नासम् a kind of gem.
    -निष्यन्दः cow's urine.
    -पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15.
    -2 the chief of a cowpen.
    -3 the superintendent of a village.
    -4 a king.
    -5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1.
    ˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49.
    ˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd.
    ˚आटविका a cowherd.
    ˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd.
    -2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana.
    ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.
    ˚चापः the rainbow.
    ˚दलः the betel-nut tree.
    ˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily.
    ˚रसः gum myrrh.
    ˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1.
    (-पकः) 1 the superin- tendent of a district.
    -2 myrrh.
    (-पिका) 1 a cowher- dess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15.
    -2 protectress. (
    -पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports).
    -2 a milk-maid.
    -3 a protectress.
    -4 Nature, elementary nature.
    -पतिः 1 an owner of cows.
    -2 a bull.
    -3 a leader, chief.
    -4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32.
    -5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1.
    -6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -7 N. of Śiva.
    -8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11.
    -9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26.
    -पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av.
    -पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो.
    -पशुः a sacrificial cow.
    -पाः m. Ved.
    1 a herdsman.
    -2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57.
    -पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15.
    -पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253.
    -2 a king.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva.
    -4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed.
    -पालकः 1 a cowherd.
    -2 a king.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -पालिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19.
    -पालितः N. of a lexicographer.
    -पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.).
    -पीतः a species of wagtail.
    -पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (
    -थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage.
    -पुच्छम् a cow's tail.
    -2 a particular point of an arrow.
    (-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22.
    -2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings.
    -3 a kind of drum.
    -पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull.
    -पुत्रः 1 a young bull.
    -2 an epithet of Karṇa.
    -पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1.
    -2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5.
    -3 the ornamental gate- way of a temple.
    -पुरीषम् cowdung.
    -प्रकाण्डम् an ex- cellent cow or bull.
    -प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166.
    -प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle.
    -2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11.
    -प्रदानम् same as गोदान.
    -प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35.
    -फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c.
    -2 a sling.
    -बालः the hair of cows.
    -भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6.
    -भृत् m.
    1 a mountain.
    -2 a king.
    -मक्षिका a gadfly.
    -मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3.
    -मंडलम् 1 the globe.
    -2 a multitude of cows.
    -मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B.
    -मतम् = गव्यूति q. v.
    -मतल्लिका a tract- able cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41.
    -मथः a cowherd.
    -मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist.
    -महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय.
    -मांसम् beef.
    -मायु 1 a kind of frog.
    -2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25.
    -3 bile of a cow.
    -4 N. of a Gandharva.
    -मीनः a kind of fish.
    -मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55.
    (-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark.
    -2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves.
    (-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly.
    -2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (
    -खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside.
    -2 a house built unevenly.
    -3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (
    -खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows.
    -मूढ a. stupid as a bull.
    -मूत्रम् cow's urine.
    -मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11.
    -कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly.
    -मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it:-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.)
    -2 a form of calculation.
    -मृगः a kind of ox (गवय).
    -मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, des- cribed as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue.
    -मेदकः 1 see गोमेद.
    -2 a kind of poison (काकोल).
    -3 smearing the body with unguents.
    -मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8.
    -यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174.
    -युक्त a. drawn by oxen.
    -युतम् 1 a cattle station.
    -2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22.
    -रक्षः 1 a cow- herd.
    -2 keeping or tending cattle.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat.
    -रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith).
    -रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl
    -2 a prisoner.
    -3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes.
    -4 a chanter.
    -रवम् saffron.
    -रसः cow's milk.
    -2 curds.
    -3 buttermilk.
    -4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk.
    -राजः an excellent bull.
    -राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird.
    -रुतम् a measure of dis- tance equal to two Krośas.
    -रूपम् the form of a cow. (
    -पः) N. of Śiva.
    -रोचम् yellow orpiment.
    -रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow.
    -लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow.
    -लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3.
    -लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world.
    -लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute.
    -2 white Dūrvā grass.
    -3 Zedoary.
    -4 N. of a shrub.
    -वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf.
    -वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59.
    -वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -वरम् pounded cowdung.
    -वशा a barren cow.
    -वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen.
    -वासन a. covered with an ox-hide.
    -विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m.
    1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9.
    -2 a hus- bandman.
    -विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows.
    -विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman.
    -2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन
    -विष् f.,
    -विष्ठा cowdung.
    -विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4.
    -विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9.
    -वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2.
    -वीर्यम् the price received for milk.
    -वृन्दम् a drove of cattle.
    -वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow.
    -वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva.
    -वैद्यः a quack docter.
    -व्रजः 1 a cow-pen.
    -2 a herd of cows.
    -3 a place where cattle graze.
    -व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in fru- gality;...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14.
    -शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182.
    -शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa.
    -शालम्, -ला a cow-stall.
    -शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11.
    -2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23.
    -षड्गवम् three pairs of kine.
    -षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows.
    -षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7.
    -2 giving cattle.
    -ष्टोमः a kind of sacri- fice fasting for one day.
    -संख्यः a cowherd.
    -सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय).
    -सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग.
    -सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17.
    -सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (
    -स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ.
    -सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री).
    -सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow.
    -स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow.
    -2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c.
    -3 a pearl-necklace of four strings.
    -4 a kind of fort.
    -स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes.
    -स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen.
    -स्वामिन् m.
    1 an owner of cows.
    -2 a religious mendicant.
    -3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्).
    -हत्या cow-slaughter.
    -हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung.
    -हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.)
    -हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (
    -तः) N. of Viṣṇu.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > गो _gō

  • 7 यम


    yáma
    m. a rein, curb, bridle RV. V, 61, 2 ;

    a driver, charioteer ib. VIII, 103, to ;
    the act of checking orﾠ curbing, suppression, restraint (with vācām, restraint of words, silence) BhP. ;
    self-control forbearance, any great moral rule orﾠ duty (as opp. to niyama, a minor observance;
    in Yājñ. III, 313 ten Yamas are mentioned, sometimes only five) Mn. MBh. etc.;
    (in Yoga) self-restraint (as the first of the eight Aṇgas orﾠ means of attaining mental concentration) IW. 93 ;
    any rule orﾠ observance PārGṛ. ;
    ( yamá) mf (ā́ orﾠ ī́)n. twin-born, twin, forming a pair RV. etc. etc.;
    m. a twin, one of a pair orﾠ couple, a fellow (du. « the twins»
    N. of the Aṡvins andﾠ of their twin children by Mādrī, called Nakula andﾠ Saha-deva;
    yamaumithunau, twins of different sex) ib. ;
    a symbolical N. for the number « two» Hcat. ;
    N. of the god who presides over the Pitṛis (q.v.) andﾠ rules the spirits of the dead
    RV. etc.. etc.. IW. 18; 197, 198 etc.. RTL. 10; 16; 289 etc.. ;
    (he is regarded as the first of men andﾠ born from Vivasvat, « the Sun», andﾠ his wife Saraṇyū;
    while his brother, the seventh Manu, another form of the first man, is the son of Vivasvat andﾠ Saṃjñā, the image of Saraṇyū;
    his twin-sister is Yamī, with whom he resists sexual alliance, but by whom he is mourned after his death, so that the gods, to make her forget her sorrow, create night;
    in the Veda he is called a king orﾠ saṉgamanojanānām, « the gatherer of men», andﾠ rules over the departed fathers in heaven, the road to which is guarded by two broad-nosed, four-eyed, spotted dogs, the children of Ṡaramā q.v.;
    in Post-vedic mythology he is the appointed Judge andﾠ « Restrainer» orﾠ « Punisher» of the dead, in which capacity he is alsoﾠ called dharmarāja orﾠ dharma andﾠ corresponds to the Greek Pluto andﾠ to Minos;
    his abode is in some region of the lower world called Yama-pura;
    thither a soul when it leaves the body, is said to repair, andﾠ there, after the recorder, Citra-gupta, has read an account of its actions kept in a book called Agra-saṃdhānā, it receives a just sentence;
    in MBh. Yama is described as dressed in blood-red garments, with a glittering form, a crown on his head, glowing eyes andﾠ like Varuṇa, holding a noose, with which he binds the spirit after drawing it from the body, in size about the measure of a man's thumb;
    he is otherwise represented as grim in aspect, green in colour, clothed in red, riding on a buffalo, andﾠ holding a club in one hind andﾠ noose in the other;
    in the later mythology he is always represented as a terrible deity inflicting tortures, called yātanā, on departed spirits;
    he is alsoﾠ one of the 8 guardians of the world as regent of the South quarter;
    he is the regent of the Nakshatra Apa-bharanī orﾠ Bharaṇī, the supposed author of RV. X, 10; 14,
    of a hymn to Vishṇu andﾠ of a law-book;
    yamasyâ̱rkaḥ N. of a Sāman. ĀrshBr.);
    N. of the planet Saturn (regarded as the son of Vivasvat andﾠ Chāyā) Hariv. BhP. ;
    of one of Skanda's attendants (mentioned together with Ati-yama) MBh. ;
    a crow L. (cf. - dūtaka);
    a bad horse (whose limbs are either too small orﾠ too large) L. ;
    (ī́) f. N. of Yama's twin-sister (who is identified in Postvedic mythology with the river-goddess Yamunā) RV. etc. etc.;
    n. a pair, brace, couple L. ;
    (in gram.) a twin-letter (the consonant interposed andﾠ generally understood, but not written in practice, between a nasal immediately preceded by one of the four other consonants in each class) Prāt. Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 8 ;
    pitch of the voice, tone of utterance, key Prāt. ;
    - यमकालिन्दी
    - यमकिंकर
    - यमकीट
    - यमकील
    - यमकेतु
    - यमकोटि
    - यमकोटी
    - यमक्षय
    - यमगाथा
    - यमगीता
    - यमगृह
    - यमघण्ट
    - यमघ्न
    - यमज
    - यमजात
    - यमजातक
    - यमजित्
    - यमजिह्वा
    - यमतर्पण
    - यमता
    - यमतीर्थ
    - यमत्व
    - यमदंष्ट्र
    - यमदण्ड
    - यमदिश्
    - यमदूत
    - यमदूतक
    - यमदेवत
    - यमदेवत्य
    - यमदैवत
    - यमद्रुम
    - यमद्वितीया
    - यमद्वीप
    - यमधर्मनिर्भयस्तोत्र
    - यमधानी
    - यमधार
    - यमनक्षत्र
    - यमनगरातिथि
    - यमनेत्र
    - यमपट
    - यमपटिक
    - यमपद
    - यमपालक
    - यमपालपुरुष
    - यमपाश
    - यमपुर
    - यमपुराण
    - यमपुरुष
    - यमप्रस्थपुर
    - यमप्रिय
    - यमभगिनी
    - यमभट
    - यममन्दिर
    - यममार्ग
    - यमयज्ञ
    - यमयाग
    - यमयातना
    - यमरथ
    - यमराज्
    - यमराज
    - यमराजन्
    - यमराज्य
    - यमराष्ट्र
    - यमर्क्ष
    - यमलोक
    - यमवत्
    - यमवत्सा
    - यमवाहन
    - यमविषय
    - यमव्रत
    - यमशान्ति
    - यमशिख
    - यमश्राय
    - यमश्रेष्ठ
    - यमश्व
    - यमसंहिता
    - यमसत्त्ववत्
    - यमसदन
    - यमसभ
    - यमसभा
    - यमसभीय
    - यमसात्
    - यमसादन
    - यमसू
    - यमसूक्त
    - यमसूर्य
    - यमस्तोत्र
    - यमस्तोम
    - यमस्मृति
    - यमस्वसृ
    - यमहार्दिका
    - यमहासेश्वरतीर्थ

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > यम

  • 8 Gehen

    ge·hen
    1. ge·hen <ging, gegangen> [ʼge:ən]
    vi sein
    [irgendwohin] \Gehen to go [somewhere]; ( zu Fuß) to walk [somewhere];
    geh schon! go on!;
    \Gehen wir! let's go!;
    \Gehen wir oder fahren wir mit dem Auto? shall we walk or drive?;
    ich gehe raus, frische Luft schnappen I'm going out for some fresh air;
    gehst du heute in die Stadt/ auf die Post/zur Bank? are you going to town/to the post office/to the bank today?;
    wann geht er nach Paris/ins Ausland? when is he going to Paris/abroad?;
    in Urlaub \Gehen to go on holiday [or (Am) vacation];
    auf die andere Straßenseite \Gehen to cross over to the other side of the street;
    ich gehe eben mal schnell auf den Dachboden I'm just going up to the loft quickly;
    [im Zimmer] auf und ab \Gehen to walk up and down [or pace] [the room];
    in/ an etw akk \Gehen to go into/to sth;
    ans Telefon \Gehen to answer the telephone;
    über etw akk \Gehen to go over [or cross] sth;
    zu jdm/etw \Gehen to go to sb/sth;
    wie lange geht man bis zur Haltestelle/zur Post? how far is it to the bus stop/post office?;
    kannst du für mich noch zum Metzger/Bäcker \Gehen? can/could you go to the butcher['s]/baker['s] for me?; s. a. Stelzen, Stock, weit
    2) ( besuchen)
    zu jdm \Gehen to go and visit [or see] sb;
    in etw akk \Gehen to go to sth;
    ins Theater/ in die Kirche/ Messe/Schule \Gehen to go to the theatre/to church/mass/school;
    zu etw dat \Gehen to go to sth;
    zu einem Vortrag/ zu einer Messe/zur Schule \Gehen to go to a lecture/to a [trade] fair/to school;
    an etw akk \Gehen to go to sth;
    an die Uni \Gehen to go to university;
    auf etw akk \Gehen to go to sth;
    aufs Gymnasium/auf einen Lehrgang \Gehen to go to [a] grammar school/on a course;
    etw tun \Gehen to go to do sth;
    schwimmen/ tanzen/ einkaufen/schlafen \Gehen to go swimming/dancing/shopping/to bed
    in etw akk \Gehen to go into [or enter] sth;
    in die Industrie/ Politik/Computerbranche \Gehen to go into industry/politics/computers;
    in die Partei/Gewerkschaft \Gehen to join the party/union;
    zu etw dat \Gehen to join sth;
    zum Film/ Radio/ Theater/zur Oper \Gehen to go into films/radio/on the stage/become an opera singer;
    an etw akk \Gehen to join sth;
    ans Gymnasium/an die Uni \Gehen to join the grammar school/university [as a teacher/lecturer]
    4) ( weggehen) to go;
    (abfahren a.) to leave;
    ich muss jetzt \Gehen I have to be off [or must go];
    wann geht der Zug nach Hamburg? when does the train to Hamburg leave?;
    heute geht leider keine Fähre mehr there are no more ferries today, I'm afraid;
    jdn \Gehen lassen ( davongehen lassen) to let sb go;
    (euph: gestorben sein) to have departed from us ( euph) s. a. Licht, Weg
    5) ( blicken)
    auf etw akk / nach etw akk \Gehen to look onto/towards sth;
    die Fenster \Gehen auf das Meer/ den Strand the windows look [out] onto the sea/beach;
    der Balkon ging nach Süden/ auf einen Parkplatz the balcony faced south/overlooked a car park
    6) ( führen)
    irgendwohin \Gehen to go somewhere;
    die Brücke geht über den Fluss the bridge crosses the river;
    ist das die Straße, die nach Oberstdorf geht? is that the road [or way] to Oberstdorf?;
    wohin geht dieser Weg/Geheimgang? where does this path/secret passage go [or lead [to]] ?;
    die Tür geht direkt auf unseren Parkplatz the door leads [or opens] directly onto our parking space;
    von... bis/ über etw akk \Gehen to go from... to/via somewhere;
    die nach Biberach \Gehende Reise the trip to Biberach;
    dieser Rundweg geht über die Höhen des Schwarzwaldes this circular walk takes in the highest points [or peaks] of the Black Forest
    [zu jdm] \Gehen to leave [for sb], to go [to sb];
    er ist zu Klett gegangen he left to go to Klett;
    gegangen werden ( hum) ( fam) to be given the push [or ( fam) the sack];
    8) ( funktionieren) to work;
    meine Uhr geht nicht mehr my watch has stopped
    9) ( sich bewegen) to move;
    ich hörte, wie die Tür ging I heard the door [go];
    diese Schublade geht schwer this drawer is stiff;
    vielleicht geht das Schloss wieder, wenn man es ölt perhaps the lock will work again if you oil it
    [irgendwie] \Gehen to go [somehow];
    wie ist die Prüfung gegangen? how was the exam [or did the exam go] ?;
    zurzeit geht alles drunter und drüber things are a bit chaotic right now;
    versuch's einfach, es geht ganz leicht just try it, it's really easy;
    kannst du mir bitte erklären, wie das Spiel geht? can you please explain the rules of the game to me?;
    wie soll das denn bloß \Gehen? just how is that supposed to work?
    11) ökon ( laufen) to go;
    das Geschäft geht vor Weihnachten immer gut business is always good before Christmas;
    wie \Gehen die Geschäfte? how's business?;
    ( sich verkaufen) to sell;
    diese teuren Zigarren \Gehen gut/ nicht gut these expensive cigars sell/don't sell well;
    diese Pralinen \Gehen bei uns so schnell weg, wie sie reinkommen we sell these chocolates as soon as they come in
    [irgendwie] vor sich \Gehen to go on [or happen] [in a certain way];
    erkläre mir mal, wie das vor sich \Gehen soll now just tell me how that's going to happen [or how it's going to work];
    das kann auf verschiedene Arten vor sich \Gehen it can proceed in a variety of ways;
    kannst du mir mal erklären, wie das vor sich geht, wenn man die deutsche Staatsbürgerschaft annehmen will? can you explain the procedure for taking up German citizenship to me?;
    was geht hier vor sich? ( fam) what's going on here?
    in etw akk / durch etw akk \Gehen to go into/through sth;
    es \Gehen über 450 Besucher in das neue Theater the new theatre holds over 450 people;
    wie viele Leute \Gehen in deinen Wagen? how many people [can] fit in[to] your car?; s. a. Kopf
    14) ( dauern) to go on;
    eine bestimmte Zeit \Gehen to last a certain time;
    dieser Film geht drei Stunden this film goes on for [or lasts] three hours;
    der Film geht schon über eine Stunde the film has been on for over an hour already [or started over an hour ago];
    15) ( reichen) to go;
    [jdm] bis zu etw dat \Gehen to reach [sb's] sth;
    das Wasser geht einem bis zur Hüfte the water comes up to one's hips;
    der Rock geht ihr bis zum Knie the skirt goes down to her knee;
    in etw akk \Gehen to run into sth;
    in die Hunderte [o hunderte] / Tausende [o tausende] \Gehen to run into [the] hundreds/thousands
    16) kochk Teig to rise
    in etw dat \Gehen to wear sth;
    als etw \Gehen to go as sth;
    mit/ohne etw \Gehen to go with/without sth;
    bei dem Nieselregen würde ich nicht ohne Schirm \Gehen I wouldn't go out in this drizzle without an umbrella;
    sie geht auch im Winter nur mit einer dunklen Brille she wears dark glasses even in winter;
    ich gehe besser nicht in Jeans dorthin I'd better not go there in jeans
    18) ( ertönen) to ring
    [bei jdm] \Gehen to be all right [or ( fam) OK] [with sb];
    haben Sie am nächsten Mittwoch Zeit? - nein, das geht [bei mir] nicht are you free next Wednesday? - no, that's no good [for me] [or I can't manage that];
    das geht doch nicht! that's not on!;
    ich muss mal telefonieren - geht das? I have to make a phone call - would that be alright?;
    ( hoffnungslos sein) there's nothing more to be done
    20) ( lauten) to go;
    weißt du noch, wie das Lied ging? can you remember how the song went [or the words of the song] ?;
    wie geht nochmal der Spruch? what's that saying again?, how does the saying go?
    an etw akk \Gehen to touch sth;
    um ihre Schulden zu bezahlen, musste sie an ihr Erspartes \Gehen she had to raid her savings to pay off her debts;
    wer ist dieses Mal an meinen Computer gegangen? who's been messing around with my computer this time?
    an jdn \Gehen to go to sb;
    das Erbe/ der Punkt ging an sie the inheritance/point went to her;
    der Vorsitz ging turnusmäßig an H. Lantermann H. Lantermann became chairman in rotation
    [jdm] an etw akk \Gehen to damage [sb's] sth;
    das geht [mir] ganz schön an die Nerven that really gets on my nerves;
    das geht an die Kraft [o Substanz] that takes it out of you
    24) (fam: angreifen)
    auf etw akk \Gehen to attack sth;
    das Rauchen geht auf die Lunge smoking affects the lungs;
    das Klettern geht ganz schön auf die Pumpe climbing really puts a strain on the old ticker
    an jdn \Gehen to be addressed to sb;
    gegen jdn/etw \Gehen to be directed against sb/sth;
    das geht nicht gegen Sie, aber die Vorschriften! this isn't aimed at you, it's just the rules!;
    das geht gegen meine Prinzipien/ Überzeugung that is [or goes] against my principles/convictions
    mit jdm \Gehen to go out with sb
    nach etw dat \Gehen to go by sth;
    der Richter ging in seinem Urteil nach der bisherigen Unbescholtenheit des Angeklagten on passing sentence the judge took into account the defendant's lack of previous convictions;
    nach dem, was er sagt, kann man nicht \Gehen you can't go by what he says
    zu weit \Gehen to go too far, to overstep the line;
    das geht zu weit! that's just too much!
    über jds Geduld \Gehen to exhaust sb's patience;
    über jds Kräfte/Möglichkeiten \Gehen to be too much for [or beyond] sb;
    das geht einfach über meine finanziellen Möglichkeiten I just don't have the finances for that;
    30) (hum: werden zu)
    unter die Politiker/ Künstler/Säufer \Gehen to join the ranks of politicians/artists/alcoholics
    31) (fam: akzeptabel sein) to be OK;
    er geht gerade noch, aber seine Frau ist furchtbar he's just about OK [or tolerable] but his wife is awful;
    wie ist das Hotel? - es geht [so] how's the hotel? - it's ok;
    ist das zu klein? - nein, das geht [so] is it too small? - no, it's ok like this
    auf die... \Gehen + Zahl to be approaching...;
    er geht auf die dreißig he's approaching [or coming up for] thirty
    WENDUNGEN:
    wo jd geht und steht ( fam) wherever [or no matter where] sb goes [or is];
    in sich akk \Gehen to turn one's gaze inward, to take stock of oneself;
    Mensch, geh in dich! for heaven's sake, think again!;
    \Gehen Sie [mir] mit... ( fam) spare [me]...;
    \Gehen Sie [mir] doch mit Ihren Ausreden! spare me your excuses, please!;
    jdm °über alles \Gehen to mean more to sb than anything else;
    das Kind geht mir über alles! that child means the whole world to me!;
    es geht nichts °über jdn/ etw nothing beats sb/sth, there's nothing better than [or to beat]; [or like] sb/sth;
    [ach] geh,...! ( fam) [oh] come on,...!;
    ach geh, das kann doch nicht dein Ernst sein! oh come on, you can't be serious!;
    geh, so was kannst du sonst wem erzählen! go and tell that to the marines!;
    geh! (österr, südd) get away!;
    geh, was du nicht sagst! go on, you're kidding!; s. a. Konto
    vi impers sein
    1) + adv ( sich befinden)
    jdm geht es... sb feels...;
    wie geht es Ihnen? - danke, mir geht es gut/ausgezeichnet! how are you? - thank you, I am well/I'm feeling marvellous!;
    mir ist es schon mal besser gegangen! I have felt better!;
    nach der Spritze ging es ihr gleich wieder besser she soon felt better again after the injection;
    wie geht's denn [so]? ( fam) how are things?, how's it going?
    2) + adv ( verlaufen)
    irgendwie \Gehen to go somehow;
    wie war denn die Prüfung? - ach, es ging ganz gut how was the exam? - oh, it went quite well;
    es ging wie geschmiert it went like clockwork
    [bei etw dat] um etw akk \Gehen to be about sth;
    um was geht's denn? what's it about then?;
    worum geht's denn? what's it all about then?;
    in dem Gespräch ging es um die zugesagte Gehaltserhöhung the conversation was about the promised increase in salary;
    worum geht es in diesem Film? what is this film about?;
    hierbei geht es um meinen guten Ruf my reputation is at stake [or on the line] here;
    hierbei geht es um Millionen we're talking millions here ( fam), there are millions involved here;
    wenn es um mein Glück geht, lasse ich mir von niemandem dreinreden when it comes to my happiness I don't let anyone tell me what to do;
    es geht hier um eine wichtige Entscheidung there is an important decision to be made here;
    wenn es nur um ein paar Minuten geht, warten wir we'll wait if it's just a question [or matter] of a few minutes
    jdm geht es um etw akk sth matters to sb;
    worum geht es dir eigentlich? what are you trying to say?;
    es geht mir nur ums Geld/ um die Wahrheit I'm only interested in the money/truth;
    es geht mir ums Prinzip it's a matter [or question] of principle; s. a. Leben
    5) ( ergehen)
    jdm geht es irgendwie to be somehow with sb;
    mir ist es ähnlich/ genauso/ nicht anders gegangen it was the same [or like that] /just the same [or just like that] /no different with me, I felt the same/just the same/no different;
    warum soll es dir etwa besser \Gehen als mir? why should you have it better than me?;
    lass es dir/lasst es euch gut \Gehen! look after [or take care of] yourself!
    6) ( sich machen lassen) to be all right;
    geht es, dass ihr uns zu Weihnachten besuchen kommt? will it be possible for you to visit us at Christmas?;
    das wird kaum \Gehen, wir sind über Weihnachten verreist that won't be possible [or work], we're away for Christmas;
    ich werde arbeiten, solange es geht I shall go on [or continue] working as long as possible;
    geht es, oder soll ich dir tragen helfen? can you manage, or shall I help you carry it/them;
    es geht einfach nicht mehr it won't do any more
    7) ( führen)
    nach/ in etw akk \Gehen to go [or lead] somewhere;
    erst fahren Sie über drei Ampeln, dann geht es rechts ab go past three traffic lights then turn right;
    wohin geht's eigentlich im Urlaub? just where are you off to on holiday?;
    auf, Leute, es geht wieder nach Hause come on people, it's time to go home;
    das nächste Mal geht's in die Berge/ an die See we're off to [or heading for] the mountains/coast next time;
    im Sommer geht es immer in den Süden we always go [or head] south for the summer;
    gleich geht's ins Wochenende soon it'll be the weekend;
    wo geht's hier zum Flughafen? how do I get to the airport from here?;
    wo geht es hier raus? where is the exit?; s. a. geradeaus
    8) (nach jds Kopf \Gehen)
    nach jdm \Gehen to go by sb;
    wenn es nach mir ginge if it were up to me;
    es kann nicht immer alles nach dir \Gehen you can't always have things your own way
    WENDUNGEN:
    aber sonst geht's dir gut? (?) but you're OK otherwise?, are you feeling all right?, are you quite right in the head?;
    auf geht's! let's go!, come on!;
    es geht das Gerücht/die Sage, dass... rumour/legend has it that...;
    geht's noch!? ( SCHWEIZ) ( iron) are you crazy?!
    vt sein;
    etw \Gehen to walk sth;
    Sie haben aber noch drei Stunden/17 Kilometer zu \Gehen! you've still got another three hours/17 kilometres to go!;
    ich gehe immer diesen Weg/ diese Straße I always walk this way/take this road
    es geht sich schlecht hier it's hard going [or hard to walk] here;
    in diesen Schuhen geht es sich bequem these shoes are very comfortable for walking [or to walk in];
    sich \Gehen lassen to lose control of oneself [or one's self-control]; ( nachlässig sein) to let oneself go
    2. Ge·hen <-s> [ʼge:ən] nt
    1) (Zu-Fuß-\Gehen) walking
    2) ( das Weggehen) going, leaving;
    schon im \Gehen, wandte sie sich noch einmal um she turned round once more as she left;
    sein frühes/vorzeitiges \Gehen his early departure
    3) sport walking

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch für Studenten > Gehen

  • 9 gehen

    ge·hen
    1. ge·hen <ging, gegangen> [ʼge:ən]
    vi sein
    [irgendwohin] \gehen to go [somewhere]; ( zu Fuß) to walk [somewhere];
    geh schon! go on!;
    \gehen wir! let's go!;
    \gehen wir oder fahren wir mit dem Auto? shall we walk or drive?;
    ich gehe raus, frische Luft schnappen I'm going out for some fresh air;
    gehst du heute in die Stadt/ auf die Post/zur Bank? are you going to town/to the post office/to the bank today?;
    wann geht er nach Paris/ins Ausland? when is he going to Paris/abroad?;
    in Urlaub \gehen to go on holiday [or (Am) vacation];
    auf die andere Straßenseite \gehen to cross over to the other side of the street;
    ich gehe eben mal schnell auf den Dachboden I'm just going up to the loft quickly;
    [im Zimmer] auf und ab \gehen to walk up and down [or pace] [the room];
    in/ an etw akk \gehen to go into/to sth;
    ans Telefon \gehen to answer the telephone;
    über etw akk \gehen to go over [or cross] sth;
    zu jdm/etw \gehen to go to sb/sth;
    wie lange geht man bis zur Haltestelle/zur Post? how far is it to the bus stop/post office?;
    kannst du für mich noch zum Metzger/Bäcker \gehen? can/could you go to the butcher['s]/baker['s] for me?; s. a. Stelzen, Stock, weit
    2) ( besuchen)
    zu jdm \gehen to go and visit [or see] sb;
    in etw akk \gehen to go to sth;
    ins Theater/ in die Kirche/ Messe/Schule \gehen to go to the theatre/to church/mass/school;
    zu etw dat \gehen to go to sth;
    zu einem Vortrag/ zu einer Messe/zur Schule \gehen to go to a lecture/to a [trade] fair/to school;
    an etw akk \gehen to go to sth;
    an die Uni \gehen to go to university;
    auf etw akk \gehen to go to sth;
    aufs Gymnasium/auf einen Lehrgang \gehen to go to [a] grammar school/on a course;
    etw tun \gehen to go to do sth;
    schwimmen/ tanzen/ einkaufen/schlafen \gehen to go swimming/dancing/shopping/to bed
    in etw akk \gehen to go into [or enter] sth;
    in die Industrie/ Politik/Computerbranche \gehen to go into industry/politics/computers;
    in die Partei/Gewerkschaft \gehen to join the party/union;
    zu etw dat \gehen to join sth;
    zum Film/ Radio/ Theater/zur Oper \gehen to go into films/radio/on the stage/become an opera singer;
    an etw akk \gehen to join sth;
    ans Gymnasium/an die Uni \gehen to join the grammar school/university [as a teacher/lecturer]
    4) ( weggehen) to go;
    (abfahren a.) to leave;
    ich muss jetzt \gehen I have to be off [or must go];
    wann geht der Zug nach Hamburg? when does the train to Hamburg leave?;
    heute geht leider keine Fähre mehr there are no more ferries today, I'm afraid;
    jdn \gehen lassen ( davongehen lassen) to let sb go;
    (euph: gestorben sein) to have departed from us ( euph) s. a. Licht, Weg
    5) ( blicken)
    auf etw akk / nach etw akk \gehen to look onto/towards sth;
    die Fenster \gehen auf das Meer/ den Strand the windows look [out] onto the sea/beach;
    der Balkon ging nach Süden/ auf einen Parkplatz the balcony faced south/overlooked a car park
    6) ( führen)
    irgendwohin \gehen to go somewhere;
    die Brücke geht über den Fluss the bridge crosses the river;
    ist das die Straße, die nach Oberstdorf geht? is that the road [or way] to Oberstdorf?;
    wohin geht dieser Weg/Geheimgang? where does this path/secret passage go [or lead [to]] ?;
    die Tür geht direkt auf unseren Parkplatz the door leads [or opens] directly onto our parking space;
    von... bis/ über etw akk \gehen to go from... to/via somewhere;
    die nach Biberach \gehende Reise the trip to Biberach;
    dieser Rundweg geht über die Höhen des Schwarzwaldes this circular walk takes in the highest points [or peaks] of the Black Forest
    [zu jdm] \gehen to leave [for sb], to go [to sb];
    er ist zu Klett gegangen he left to go to Klett;
    gegangen werden ( hum) ( fam) to be given the push [or ( fam) the sack];
    8) ( funktionieren) to work;
    meine Uhr geht nicht mehr my watch has stopped
    9) ( sich bewegen) to move;
    ich hörte, wie die Tür ging I heard the door [go];
    diese Schublade geht schwer this drawer is stiff;
    vielleicht geht das Schloss wieder, wenn man es ölt perhaps the lock will work again if you oil it
    [irgendwie] \gehen to go [somehow];
    wie ist die Prüfung gegangen? how was the exam [or did the exam go] ?;
    zurzeit geht alles drunter und drüber things are a bit chaotic right now;
    versuch's einfach, es geht ganz leicht just try it, it's really easy;
    kannst du mir bitte erklären, wie das Spiel geht? can you please explain the rules of the game to me?;
    wie soll das denn bloß \gehen? just how is that supposed to work?
    11) ökon ( laufen) to go;
    das Geschäft geht vor Weihnachten immer gut business is always good before Christmas;
    wie \gehen die Geschäfte? how's business?;
    ( sich verkaufen) to sell;
    diese teuren Zigarren \gehen gut/ nicht gut these expensive cigars sell/don't sell well;
    diese Pralinen \gehen bei uns so schnell weg, wie sie reinkommen we sell these chocolates as soon as they come in
    [irgendwie] vor sich \gehen to go on [or happen] [in a certain way];
    erkläre mir mal, wie das vor sich \gehen soll now just tell me how that's going to happen [or how it's going to work];
    das kann auf verschiedene Arten vor sich \gehen it can proceed in a variety of ways;
    kannst du mir mal erklären, wie das vor sich geht, wenn man die deutsche Staatsbürgerschaft annehmen will? can you explain the procedure for taking up German citizenship to me?;
    was geht hier vor sich? ( fam) what's going on here?
    in etw akk / durch etw akk \gehen to go into/through sth;
    es \gehen über 450 Besucher in das neue Theater the new theatre holds over 450 people;
    wie viele Leute \gehen in deinen Wagen? how many people [can] fit in[to] your car?; s. a. Kopf
    14) ( dauern) to go on;
    eine bestimmte Zeit \gehen to last a certain time;
    dieser Film geht drei Stunden this film goes on for [or lasts] three hours;
    der Film geht schon über eine Stunde the film has been on for over an hour already [or started over an hour ago];
    15) ( reichen) to go;
    [jdm] bis zu etw dat \gehen to reach [sb's] sth;
    das Wasser geht einem bis zur Hüfte the water comes up to one's hips;
    der Rock geht ihr bis zum Knie the skirt goes down to her knee;
    in etw akk \gehen to run into sth;
    in die Hunderte [o hunderte] / Tausende [o tausende] \gehen to run into [the] hundreds/thousands
    16) kochk Teig to rise
    in etw dat \gehen to wear sth;
    als etw \gehen to go as sth;
    mit/ohne etw \gehen to go with/without sth;
    bei dem Nieselregen würde ich nicht ohne Schirm \gehen I wouldn't go out in this drizzle without an umbrella;
    sie geht auch im Winter nur mit einer dunklen Brille she wears dark glasses even in winter;
    ich gehe besser nicht in Jeans dorthin I'd better not go there in jeans
    18) ( ertönen) to ring
    [bei jdm] \gehen to be all right [or ( fam) OK] [with sb];
    haben Sie am nächsten Mittwoch Zeit? - nein, das geht [bei mir] nicht are you free next Wednesday? - no, that's no good [for me] [or I can't manage that];
    das geht doch nicht! that's not on!;
    ich muss mal telefonieren - geht das? I have to make a phone call - would that be alright?;
    ( hoffnungslos sein) there's nothing more to be done
    20) ( lauten) to go;
    weißt du noch, wie das Lied ging? can you remember how the song went [or the words of the song] ?;
    wie geht nochmal der Spruch? what's that saying again?, how does the saying go?
    an etw akk \gehen to touch sth;
    um ihre Schulden zu bezahlen, musste sie an ihr Erspartes \gehen she had to raid her savings to pay off her debts;
    wer ist dieses Mal an meinen Computer gegangen? who's been messing around with my computer this time?
    an jdn \gehen to go to sb;
    das Erbe/ der Punkt ging an sie the inheritance/point went to her;
    der Vorsitz ging turnusmäßig an H. Lantermann H. Lantermann became chairman in rotation
    [jdm] an etw akk \gehen to damage [sb's] sth;
    das geht [mir] ganz schön an die Nerven that really gets on my nerves;
    das geht an die Kraft [o Substanz] that takes it out of you
    24) (fam: angreifen)
    auf etw akk \gehen to attack sth;
    das Rauchen geht auf die Lunge smoking affects the lungs;
    das Klettern geht ganz schön auf die Pumpe climbing really puts a strain on the old ticker
    an jdn \gehen to be addressed to sb;
    gegen jdn/etw \gehen to be directed against sb/sth;
    das geht nicht gegen Sie, aber die Vorschriften! this isn't aimed at you, it's just the rules!;
    das geht gegen meine Prinzipien/ Überzeugung that is [or goes] against my principles/convictions
    mit jdm \gehen to go out with sb
    nach etw dat \gehen to go by sth;
    der Richter ging in seinem Urteil nach der bisherigen Unbescholtenheit des Angeklagten on passing sentence the judge took into account the defendant's lack of previous convictions;
    nach dem, was er sagt, kann man nicht \gehen you can't go by what he says
    zu weit \gehen to go too far, to overstep the line;
    das geht zu weit! that's just too much!
    über jds Geduld \gehen to exhaust sb's patience;
    über jds Kräfte/Möglichkeiten \gehen to be too much for [or beyond] sb;
    das geht einfach über meine finanziellen Möglichkeiten I just don't have the finances for that;
    30) (hum: werden zu)
    unter die Politiker/ Künstler/Säufer \gehen to join the ranks of politicians/artists/alcoholics
    31) (fam: akzeptabel sein) to be OK;
    er geht gerade noch, aber seine Frau ist furchtbar he's just about OK [or tolerable] but his wife is awful;
    wie ist das Hotel? - es geht [so] how's the hotel? - it's ok;
    ist das zu klein? - nein, das geht [so] is it too small? - no, it's ok like this
    auf die... \gehen + Zahl to be approaching...;
    er geht auf die dreißig he's approaching [or coming up for] thirty
    WENDUNGEN:
    wo jd geht und steht ( fam) wherever [or no matter where] sb goes [or is];
    in sich akk \gehen to turn one's gaze inward, to take stock of oneself;
    Mensch, geh in dich! for heaven's sake, think again!;
    \gehen Sie [mir] mit... ( fam) spare [me]...;
    \gehen Sie [mir] doch mit Ihren Ausreden! spare me your excuses, please!;
    jdm °über alles \gehen to mean more to sb than anything else;
    das Kind geht mir über alles! that child means the whole world to me!;
    es geht nichts °über jdn/ etw nothing beats sb/sth, there's nothing better than [or to beat]; [or like] sb/sth;
    [ach] geh,...! ( fam) [oh] come on,...!;
    ach geh, das kann doch nicht dein Ernst sein! oh come on, you can't be serious!;
    geh, so was kannst du sonst wem erzählen! go and tell that to the marines!;
    geh! (österr, südd) get away!;
    geh, was du nicht sagst! go on, you're kidding!; s. a. Konto
    vi impers sein
    1) + adv ( sich befinden)
    jdm geht es... sb feels...;
    wie geht es Ihnen? - danke, mir geht es gut/ausgezeichnet! how are you? - thank you, I am well/I'm feeling marvellous!;
    mir ist es schon mal besser gegangen! I have felt better!;
    nach der Spritze ging es ihr gleich wieder besser she soon felt better again after the injection;
    wie geht's denn [so]? ( fam) how are things?, how's it going?
    2) + adv ( verlaufen)
    irgendwie \gehen to go somehow;
    wie war denn die Prüfung? - ach, es ging ganz gut how was the exam? - oh, it went quite well;
    es ging wie geschmiert it went like clockwork
    [bei etw dat] um etw akk \gehen to be about sth;
    um was geht's denn? what's it about then?;
    worum geht's denn? what's it all about then?;
    in dem Gespräch ging es um die zugesagte Gehaltserhöhung the conversation was about the promised increase in salary;
    worum geht es in diesem Film? what is this film about?;
    hierbei geht es um meinen guten Ruf my reputation is at stake [or on the line] here;
    hierbei geht es um Millionen we're talking millions here ( fam), there are millions involved here;
    wenn es um mein Glück geht, lasse ich mir von niemandem dreinreden when it comes to my happiness I don't let anyone tell me what to do;
    es geht hier um eine wichtige Entscheidung there is an important decision to be made here;
    wenn es nur um ein paar Minuten geht, warten wir we'll wait if it's just a question [or matter] of a few minutes
    jdm geht es um etw akk sth matters to sb;
    worum geht es dir eigentlich? what are you trying to say?;
    es geht mir nur ums Geld/ um die Wahrheit I'm only interested in the money/truth;
    es geht mir ums Prinzip it's a matter [or question] of principle; s. a. Leben
    5) ( ergehen)
    jdm geht es irgendwie to be somehow with sb;
    mir ist es ähnlich/ genauso/ nicht anders gegangen it was the same [or like that] /just the same [or just like that] /no different with me, I felt the same/just the same/no different;
    warum soll es dir etwa besser \gehen als mir? why should you have it better than me?;
    lass es dir/lasst es euch gut \gehen! look after [or take care of] yourself!
    6) ( sich machen lassen) to be all right;
    geht es, dass ihr uns zu Weihnachten besuchen kommt? will it be possible for you to visit us at Christmas?;
    das wird kaum \gehen, wir sind über Weihnachten verreist that won't be possible [or work], we're away for Christmas;
    ich werde arbeiten, solange es geht I shall go on [or continue] working as long as possible;
    geht es, oder soll ich dir tragen helfen? can you manage, or shall I help you carry it/them;
    es geht einfach nicht mehr it won't do any more
    7) ( führen)
    nach/ in etw akk \gehen to go [or lead] somewhere;
    erst fahren Sie über drei Ampeln, dann geht es rechts ab go past three traffic lights then turn right;
    wohin geht's eigentlich im Urlaub? just where are you off to on holiday?;
    auf, Leute, es geht wieder nach Hause come on people, it's time to go home;
    das nächste Mal geht's in die Berge/ an die See we're off to [or heading for] the mountains/coast next time;
    im Sommer geht es immer in den Süden we always go [or head] south for the summer;
    gleich geht's ins Wochenende soon it'll be the weekend;
    wo geht's hier zum Flughafen? how do I get to the airport from here?;
    wo geht es hier raus? where is the exit?; s. a. geradeaus
    8) (nach jds Kopf \gehen)
    nach jdm \gehen to go by sb;
    wenn es nach mir ginge if it were up to me;
    es kann nicht immer alles nach dir \gehen you can't always have things your own way
    WENDUNGEN:
    aber sonst geht's dir gut? (?) but you're OK otherwise?, are you feeling all right?, are you quite right in the head?;
    auf geht's! let's go!, come on!;
    es geht das Gerücht/die Sage, dass... rumour/legend has it that...;
    geht's noch!? ( SCHWEIZ) ( iron) are you crazy?!
    vt sein;
    etw \gehen to walk sth;
    Sie haben aber noch drei Stunden/17 Kilometer zu \gehen! you've still got another three hours/17 kilometres to go!;
    ich gehe immer diesen Weg/ diese Straße I always walk this way/take this road
    es geht sich schlecht hier it's hard going [or hard to walk] here;
    in diesen Schuhen geht es sich bequem these shoes are very comfortable for walking [or to walk in];
    sich \gehen lassen to lose control of oneself [or one's self-control]; ( nachlässig sein) to let oneself go
    2. Ge·hen <-s> [ʼge:ən] nt
    1) (Zu-Fuß-\gehen) walking
    2) ( das Weggehen) going, leaving;
    schon im \gehen, wandte sie sich noch einmal um she turned round once more as she left;
    sein frühes/vorzeitiges \gehen his early departure
    3) sport walking

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch für Studenten > gehen

  • 10 कल्प _kalpa

    कल्प a. [क्लृप्-घञ्]
    1 Practicable, feasible, possible,
    -2 Proper, fit, right.
    -3 Strong, vigorous; चरन्तं ब्राह्मणं कञ्चित्कल्पचित्तमनामयम् Mb.12.179.3.
    -4 Able, competent (with a gen., loc.; inf. or at the end of comp.); धर्मस्य, यशसः, कल्पः Bhāg. able to do his duty &c.; स्वक्रियायामकल्पः ibid. not competent to do one's duty; अकल्प एषामधिरोढुमञ्जसा पद्म्द्म् ibid., so स्वभरणाकल्प &c.
    -ल्पः 1 A sacred precept or rule, law, ordinance.
    -2 A prescribed rule, a prescribed alternative, optional rule; प्रभुः प्रथमकल्पस्य यो$नुकल्पेन वर्तते Ms.11.3 'able to follow the prescribed rule to be observed in preference to all others'; प्रथमः कल्पः M.1; cf. also Pratimā 4, and Abhiṣekanāṭakam 6 and Ś.4. a very good (or best) alternative; एष वै प्रथमः कल्पः प्रदाने हव्यकव्ययोः Ms. 3.147.
    -3 (Hence) A proposal, suggestion, resolve, determination; एष मे प्रथमः कल्पः Rām.2.52.63; उदारः कल्पः Ś.7.
    -4 Manner of acting, procedure, form, way, method (in religious rites); श्रूयते हि पुराकल्पे Mb. 6.43.23; क्षात्रेण कल्पेनोपनीय U.2; कल्पवित्कल्पयामास वन्यामे- वास्य संविधाम् R.1.94; Ms.7.185.
    -5 End of the world, universal destruction.
    -6 A day of Brahmā or 1, Yugas, being a period of 432 million years of mortals and measuring the duration of the world; cf. Bhāg.3.11; श्रीश्वेतवाराहकल्पे [the one in which we now live]; कल्पं स्थितं तनुभृतां तनु- भिस्ततः किम् Śānti.4.2. Hence कल्पिक means 'born in the primeval age' Bu. Ch.2.48.
    -7 Medical treat- ment of the sick.
    -8 One of the six Vedāṅgas, i. e. that which lays down the ritual and prescribes rules for ceremonial and sacrificial acts; शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणम् Muṇdtod; 1.1.5 see under वेदाङ्ग.
    -9 A termination added to nouns and adjectives in the sense of 'a little less than', 'almost like', 'nearly equal to', P.V.3.67 [denoting similarity with a degree of infe- riority]; कुमारकल्पं सुषुवे कुमारम् R.5.36; उपपन्नमेतदस्मिन्नृषि- कल्पे राजनि Ś.2; प्रभातकल्पा शशिनेव शर्वरी R.3.2; so मृतकल्पः, प्रतिपन्नकल्पः &c.
    -1 The doctrine of poisons and antidotes.
    -11 One of the trees of paradise; cf. कल्पद्रुम.
    -12 Vigour, strength; लौकिके समयाचारे कृतकल्पो विशारदः Rām.2.1.22.
    -ल्पा, -ल्पम् A kind of intoxicating liquor.
    -Comp. -अन्तः end of the world, universal destruction; कल्पान्तेष्वपि न प्रयाति निधनं विद्याख्यमन्तर्धनम् Bh.2.16. कल्पान्तक्रूरकेलिः क्रतुक्रदनकरः कुन्दकर्पूरकान्तिः Udb. ˚स्थायिन् a. lasting to the end of a कल्प; शरीरं क्षणविध्वंसि कल्पान्तस्थायिनो गुणाः H.1.46.
    -आदिः renovation of all things in the creation; कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि कल्पादौ विसृजाम्यहम् Bg.9.7;
    -उपनिषद् pharmacology; Charak 1.4.
    -कारः 1 author of Kalpasūtra, q. v.
    -2 a barber.
    -क्षयः end of the world, universal destruction; e. g. कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि Bg.9.7. पुरा कल्पक्षये वृत्ते जातं जलमयं जगत् Ks.2.1.
    -तरुः, -द्रुमः, -पादपः, -वृक्षः 1 one of the trees of heaven or Indra's praradise, fabled to fulfill all desires; आसीत्कल्पतरुच्छायामाश्रिता सुरभिः पथि R.1.75; 17.26; Ku.2.39;6.41.
    -2 a tree supposed to grant all desires; 'wish-yielding tree'; नाबुद्ध कल्पद्रुमतां विहाय जातं तमात्मन्यसिपत्रवृक्षम् R.14.48; मृषा न चक्रे$- ल्पितकल्पपादपः N.1.15.
    -3 any productive or boun- tiful source; निगमकल्पतरोर्गलितं फलम् Bhāg.1.1.3.
    -4 (fig.) a very generous person; सकलार्थिसार्थकल्पद्रुमः Pt.1.
    -नृत्यम् a particular kind of dance.
    -पालः 1 a pro- tector of order.
    -2 a seller of spirituous liquors.
    -लता, -लतिका 1 a creeper of Indra's paradise; Bh. 1.9.
    -2 a creeper supposed to grant all desires; नानाफलैः फलति कल्पलतेव भूमिः Bh.2.46; cf. कल्पतरु above.
    -वल्ली see कल्पलता; Ks.1.66; कल्पवल्लीगृहेषु 52.21.
    -विद् a. conversant with sacred precepts; कल्पवित्कल्पया- मास वन्यामेवास्य संविधाम् R.1.94.
    -स्थानम् 1 the art of preparing drugs; Charak 7.
    -2 the science of poisons and antidotes; Suśr.
    -सूत्रम् a manual of ritual in the form of Sūtras. Mb.14.54.9. N. of a sacred Jaina book written by भद्रबाहु sketching the life of महावीर.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > कल्प _kalpa

  • 11 faire

    faire [fεʀ]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ➭ TABLE 60
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque faire est suivi d'un nom dans une locution comme faire une faute, se faire des idées, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque faire est utilisé pour parler d'une activité non précisée, ou qu'il remplace un verbe plus spécifique, il se traduit par to do. Lorsque faire veut dire créer, préparer, fabriquer, il se traduit souvent par to make.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    • que fais-tu ce soir ? what are you doing tonight?
    • que voulez-vous qu'on y fasse ? what can be done about it?
    • faire 100 km/h to do 100km/h
    • je n'en ferai rien ! I'll do nothing of the sort!
    ► faire de ( = utiliser) to do with
    • qu'avez-vous fait de votre sac ? what have you done with your bag?► ne faire que
       b. (School) [+ devoirs, matière, auteur] to do
       c. ( = créer, préparer, fabriquer) to make
       e. (Sport) [+ football, tennis, rugby] to play ; [+ sport de combat] to do
       f. (Music) ( = jouer) to play
    • faire du piano/du violon to play the piano/the violin
       g. (Medicine) [+ diabète, attaque] to have
    • je vous le fais à 700 € I'll let you have it for 700 euros
       j. ( = mesurer, peser, coûter) to be
    • combien fait cette chaise ? how much is this chair?
    • ça fait 130 € that's 130 euros
    • cela fait combien en tout ? how much is that altogether?
    • on ne me la fait pas à moi ! (inf) I wasn't born yesterday!
    • qu'est-ce que cela peut bien te faire ? what's it to you?
    • qu'est-ce que ça fait ? so what? (inf)
    • cela ne vous ferait rien de sortir ? would you mind leaving the room?
    • ne fais pas l'enfant/l'idiot don't be so childish/so stupid
       m. ( = être, servir de) [personne] to be ; [acteur] to play ; [objet] to be used as
    • tu fais l'arbitre ? will you be referee?
    • quel imbécile je fais ! what a fool I am!
       n. ( = dire) to say
    • « vraiment ? » fit-il "really?" he said
       o. (Grammar) « canal » fait »canaux » au pluriel the plural of "canal" is "canaux"
    2. <
    • as-tu payé la note ? -- non, c'est lui qui l'a fait did you pay the bill? -- no, he did
    • puis-je téléphoner ? -- faites, je vous en prie could I use the phone? -- yes, of course
       b. ( = agir) faire vite to act quickly
    • faites vite ! be quick!
       c. ( = paraître) to look
       d. (besoins naturels) (inf) [personne] to go ; [animal] to do its business
    3. <
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► since et for ne se construisent pas avec le même temps.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► cela or ça fait... que
    • ça fait que... that means...
    4. <
       a. ( = pousser à) to make
    5. <
       a. (pour soi)
       b. ( = être fait) si ça doit se faire, ça se fera sans moi if it's going to happen, it'll happen without me
       c. ( = être convenable, courant) ça se fait d'offrir des fleurs à un homme ? is it OK to give flowers to a man?
       d. (locutions)
    ► se faire + adjectif (involontairement) to get ; (volontairement) to make o.s.
    • se faire beau to make o.s. look nice
    • faut se le faire ! (inf!) he's a real pain in the neck! (inf)► se faire à ( = s'habituer à) to get used to
    • il ne s'en fait pas ! he's got a nerve!► il se fait que
    • comment se fait-il qu'il soit absent ? how come he's not here? (inf)
    * * *
    fɛʀ
    1.
    1) ( produire) to make
    2) ( façonner) to shape [histoire, période]
    3) ( étudier) to do [licence, sujet]

    faire du violon — to study ou play the violin

    4) ( préparer) to make [soupe, thé]; to prepare [salade]
    5) ( nettoyer) to do, to clean [vitres]; to clean, to polish [chaussures]
    6) Commerce ( proposer) to do [service, marque]; ( vendre) to do, to sell [article]
    7) ( cultiver)

    faire des céréales — [personne] to grow ou do cereals; [région] to produce cereals

    faire de l'eau — Nautisme, Chemin de Fer to take on water

    faire (de) l'essence — (colloq) Automobile to get petrol GB ou gas US

    9) ( parcourir) to do [distance, trajet]; to go round [magasins, agences]; ( visiter) to do (colloq) [région, musées]
    10) ( souffrir de) to have [diabète, tension, complexe]

    faire quelque chose à 30 francs — to sell something for 30 francs, to charge 30 francs for something

    12) ( servir de) to serve as
    13) (user, disposer de) to do

    je n'en ai rien à faire — (colloq) I couldn't care less

    que veux-tu que j'y fasse? — what do you want me to do about it?, what am I supposed to do about it?

    ça y fait — (colloq) it has an effect

    pour ce que ça fait! — (colloq) for all the good it does!

    qu'est-ce que ça peut bien te faire? — (colloq) what is it to you?

    15) (entraîner, causer)

    l'explosion a fait 12 morts — the explosion killed 12 people, the explosion left 12 people dead

    ça ne fait rien! — ( pas grave) it doesn't matter!

    ça fait ou ce qui fait que j'ai oublié — (colloq) as a result I forgot

    16) ( transformer) to make

    faire d'un garage un atelier — to make ou turn a garage into a workshop

    17) ( proclamer)
    18) ( imiter)
    19) ( tenir le rôle de) to be

    mon Dieu, faites qu'il réussisse! — God, please let him succeed!

    21) (colloq) ( tromper)
    22) ( dire) to say

    ‘bien sûr,’ fit-elle — ‘of course,’ she said

    le canard fait ‘coin-coin’ — the duck says ou goes ‘quack’


    2.
    verbe intransitif
    1) ( agir) to do, to act

    vas-y, mais fais vite! — go, but be quick about it!

    fais comme chez toi — lit, iron make yourself at home

    2) ( paraître) to look
    3) (colloq) ( être) to be
    4) ( durer) to last
    5) ( valoir)
    7) (colloq)

    faire avec — ( se contenter de) to make do with; ( supporter) to put up with


    3.
    se faire verbe pronominal
    1)

    combien se fait-il (colloq) par mois? — how much does he make a month?

    2) ( devenir) to get, to become
    3) ( se rendre)

    il ne s'en fait pas! — ( sans inquiétude) he's not the sort of person to worry about things!; ( pas gêné) he's got a nerve!

    se faire à — to get used to [lieu, situation, idée]

    7) ( être à la mode) to be in (fashion)

    ça ne se fait plus — it's no longer fashionable, it's out of fashion

    comment se fait-il que...? — how is it that...?

    10) [fromage] to ripen; [vin] to mature
    11) (colloq)

    il faut se le faire, son copain! — his/her mate is a real pain! (colloq)


    ••
    Un très grand nombre de tournures et locutions contenant ce verbe sont traitées ailleurs, généralement sous le terme qui suit faire, en particulier
    - les expressions décrivant les tâches domestiques, agricoles (faire la cuisine/moisson), les occupations manuelles (faire du tricot/bricolage), les activités professionnelles ou de loisir (faire du théâtre/de la photo), les types d'études ( faire médecine). Pour ce qui est des jeux, sports et loisirs, voir également la note d'usage correspondante
    - les locutions décrivant un mouvement, l'expression, un comportement (faire un geste/une grimace/le pitre)
    - les expressions dans lesquelles faire signifie ‘formuler’ (faire une promesse/offre etc)
    - les expressions décrivant la qualité de la lumière (il fait jour/sombre) ou l'état du temps
    - les expressions contenant une mesure (faire 20 mètres de long/15 kilos/20°/15 kilomètres à l'heure etc) pour lesquelles on consultera les notes d'usage
    - les expressions décrivant une démarche de l'esprit (se faire une opinion/du souci etc)
    - les expressions indiquant l'effet produit (faire peur/mal/plaisir/du tort etc, faire cuire/sécher/tomber etc)
    - les locutions telles que faire semblant/exprès, se faire avoir etc
    - une activité sportive (faire du tennis/de la marche/du parapente)
    la consultation des notes d'usage vous fournira des traductions utiles. Voir la liste
    En outre, certaines entrées telles que combien, ce, que, comment, laisser, rien, mieux, bien etc fourniront également des traductions utiles
    To make ou to do?
    Les principales traductions de faire sont to make et to do mais elles ne sont pas interchangeables
    to make traduit faire + objet dénotant ce qui est créé, confectionné, composé, réalisé, obtenu; l'objet est le résultat de l'action: faire son lit/des confitures = to make one's bed/jam; faire un discours/une faute/un bénéfice = to make a speech/a mistake/a profit; je me suis fait un café = I made myself a coffee
    to do a le sens plus vague de se livrer à une activité, s'occuper à quelque chose; l'objet peut préciser la nature de l'activité: faire de la recherche/un exercice/une réparation = to do research/an exercise/a repair job; faire son devoir = to do one's duty
    ou bien la nature de l'activité reste indéterminée: que fait-il (dans la vie)? = what does he do in life?; qu'est-ce que tu fais ce soir? = what are you doing tonight?; la science peut tout faire = science can do anything; j'ai à faire = I have things to do
    ou encore le contexte suggère la nature de l'activité: faire une pièce = to do a room, peut vouloir dire la nettoyer, la ranger, la peindre
    Si faire remplace un verbe plus précis, on traduira fréquemment par celui-ci: faire une maison/un nid = to build a house/a nest; faire une lettre = to write a letter; faire une visite = to pay a visit; faire un numéro de téléphone = to dial a number
    Les périphrases verbales sont parfois rendues par un seul verbe: faire voir (= montrer) = to show; faire du tissage (= tisser) = to weave, mais faire un peu de tissage = to do a bit of weaving
    Faire + infinitif + quelqu'un
    faire + infinitive + quelqu'un, c'est-à-dire obtenir de quelqu'un qu'il agisse d'une certaine manière, se traduit selon le sens de faire, par: to make somebody do something (forcer, être cause que): fais-la lever = make her get up; ça m'a fait rire = it made me laugh; ça fait dormir = it makes you sleep; par to get somebody to do something (inciter): fais-leur prendre un rendez-vous = get them to make an appointment; par to help somebody to do something (aider): faire traverser la rue à un vieillard = to help an old man across the street; mais faire manger un bébé = to feed a child. Dans l'exemple ça fait dormir on notera qu'en anglais le sujet du verbe est toujours exprimé, ce qui n'est pas le cas en français
    (se) faire faire quelque chose (par quelqu'un) se traduit par to have something done ou made (by somebody), ou, dans une langue plus familière, to get something done ou made (by somebody): (se) faire construire une maison = to have a house built; faire réparer sa voiture = to have ou get one's car repaired; c'est la table qu'il a fait faire = it's the table he had made; elle fait exécuter les travaux par un ami = she's having the work done by a friend
    exprime soit la continuité: il ne fait que pleuvoir = it never stops raining, it rains all the time
    soit la restriction: je ne fais qu'obéir aux ordres = I'm only obeying orders
    Dans ce cas il sera généralement traduit par to do: ‘je peux regarder? ’ - ‘faites ou faites je vous en prie ’ = ‘may I look?’ - ‘please do’; il souffla, comme il avait vu faire son père = he blew, as he had seen his father do; on veut que je parte, mais je n'en ferai rien = they want me to leave, but I'll do nothing of the sort
    * * *
    fɛʀ
    1. vt
    1) (= fabriquer) to make

    Ils font trop de bruit. — They're making too much noise.

    2) (= effectuer) to do

    faire la vaisselle — to do the dishes, to do the washing up

    3) [études, sujet] to do

    Il fait de l'italien. — He's doing Italian.

    4) (pratiquer régulièrement) [musique, rugby] to play

    Il fait du piano. — He plays the piano.

    6) (= visiter)

    faire l'Europe — to tour Europe, to do Europe

    7) (= imiter)
    8) (= mesurer, totaliser) to be, to make

    2 et 2 font 4. — 2 and 2 are 4., 2 and 2 make 4.

    Ça fait 10 m. — It's 10 m.

    Ça fait 15 euros. — It's 15 euros.

    Ça fait cinquante-trois euros en tout. — That's fifty-three euros all together., That makes fifty-three euros all together.

    Je vous le fais 10 euros. — I'll let you have it for 10 euros.

    9) (= dire) to go

    "Vraiment?" fit-il. — "Really?" he goes.

    10) (= souffrir de) [diabète, eczéma] to have

    Il regrettait ce qu'il avait fait à son frère. — He was sorry for what he had done to his brother.

    faire que (= impliquer que) — to mean that

    ce qui fait que... — which means that...

    ne faire que (= ne pas arrêter de) Il ne fait que critiquer. — All he ever does is criticize.

    2. vi
    1) (= agir) to act

    Il faut faire vite. — We must act quickly., It's important to act quickly.

    2) (= s'y prendre)

    comment a-t-il fait pour...? — how did he manage to...?

    3) (= paraître) (avec adjectif) to look

    Tu fais jeune dans cette robe. — That dress makes you look younger.

    Ne le casse pas comme je l'ai fait. — Don't break it like I did.

    Remets-le en place. - Je viens de le faire. — Put it back in its place.- I just did.

    3. vb aux

    faire tomber qch — to make sth fall, to knock sth over

    Le chat a fait tomber le vase. — The cat knocked over the vase.

    faire travailler les enfants — to make the children work, to get the children to work

    faire réparer qch — to get sth repaired, to have sth repaired

    Je dois faire réparer ma voiture. — I've got to get my car repaired.

    Elle fait faire des travaux dans sa maison. — She's having some work done on her house.

    Il a fait faire son portrait. — He's had his portrait done.

    Cela fait faire des économies au consommateur. — This saves the consumer money.

    4. vb impers (temps)
    to be

    Espérons qu'il fera beau demain. — Let's hope it'll be nice weather tomorrow.

    ça fait trois ans qu'ils habitent à Paris — they've lived in Paris for three years, they've been living in Paris for three years

    il fait bon; Il fait bon se promener dans cette région. — It's nice to go walking in this area.

    Il ne fait pas bon traîner ici le soir. — It's not a good idea to hang around here at night.

    * * *
    faire ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: faire
    A vtr
    1 (donner, émettre, produire) to make; le raisin fera un vin excellent the grapes will make ou produce (an) excellent wine; cet arbre fait des fleurs/baies this tree produces flowers/berries; le garage ferait une belle pièce the garage would make a nice room; ils font un beau couple they make a handsome couple; il fera un bon médecin he'll make a good doctor; les qualités qui font un champion the qualities which make a champion; trois et deux font cinq three and two make five; ça fait deux chacun that makes two each; combien font 13 fois 13? what's 13 times 13?; œil fait yeux au pluriel œil is yeux in the plural;
    2 fig ( façonner) to shape [période]; les événements qui font l'histoire events which shape history;
    3 ( étudier) to do [licence, diplôme]; on a fait la Chine en géographie we did China in geography; faire du violon to study ou play the violin; tu as fait ton piano? have you practised your piano?; faire une école de commerce/les Beaux-Arts to go to business school/art college;
    4 ( préparer) to make [sauce, soupe, thé]; to prepare [salade]; faire du poulet to do ou cook a chicken; qu'est-ce que je fais pour le déjeuner? what shall I cook ou prepare for lunch?;
    5 ( nettoyer) to do, to clean [vitres]; to clean, to polish [chaussures];
    6 ( proposer) Comm to do [service, marque]; ( vendre) to do, to sell [article]; ils ne font pas le petit déjeuner/les réparations they don't do breakfast/repairs; je fais beaucoup ce modèle en ce moment I'm selling a lot of this particular model at the moment; l'hôtel fait-il restaurant? does the hotel do meals, does the hotel have a restaurant?;
    7 (cultiver, produire) Agric faire des céréales [personne] to grow ou do cereals; [région] to produce cereals;
    8 ( se fournir en) faire de l'eau Naut, Rail to take on water; faire (de) l'essence○ Aut to get petrol GB ou gas US; faire du bois dans la forêt to gather wood in the forest; faire de l'herbe pour les bêtes to cut grass for the animals;
    9 ( parcourir) to do [distance, trajet]; to go round [magasins, agences]; ( visiter) to do○ [région, ville, musées]; faire 200 kilomètres to do 200 kilometresGB; faire Rome-Nice en avion to do the Rome-Nice journey by plane; représentant qui fait○ la région parisienne rep○ who does the Paris area; j'ai dû faire toute la ville/toutes les boutiques pour trouver ça I had to go all over town/round GB ou around US all the shops to find this; faire la vallée de la Loire to do○ the Loire Valley; faire l'Écosse to visit Scotland; j'ai fait tous les tiroirs mais je ne l'ai pas trouvé I went through all the drawers but I couldn't find it;
    10 ( dans le domaine de la santé) to have [diabète, tension, complexe]; faire une crise cardiaque to have a heart attack; faire de la fièvre○ to have ou run a temperature; faire de l'angine de poitrine to get angina; elle m'a encore fait une otite○! she's had another ear-infection!;
    11 ( demander un prix) faire qch à 30 euros to sell sth for 30 euros, to charge 30 euros for sth; il me l'a fait à 500 euros he charged me ou sold it to me for 500 euros;
    12 ( servir de) to serve as; ce coin fera bureau this corner will serve as a study;
    13 (user, disposer de) to do; que vais-je faire des bagages/enfants? what am I going to do with the luggage/children?; qu'as-tu fait du billet? what have you done with the ticket?; pour ce qu'elle en fait! for all she does with it/them!; pour quoi faire? what for?; je n'ai que faire de I have no need for; je n'en ai rien à faire it's nothing to do with me;
    14 ( avoir un effet) faire plus de mal que de bien to do more harm than good; qu'as-tu fait à ta sœur? what have you done to your sister?; que veux-tu que j'y fasse? what do you want me to do about it?, what am I supposed to do about it?; le cachet ne m'a rien fait the tablet didn't do anything, the tablet had no effect; ça y fait it has an effect; leur départ ne m'a rien fait their departure didn't affect me at all, their departure left me cold; ça me fait quelque chose de la voir dans cet état it upsets me to see her in that state; ça fait quelque chose pour la grippe? is it any good for flu?; pour ce que ça fait! for all the good it does!; ça ne vous fait rien que je fume? do you mind ou does it bother you if I smoke?; ça ne fait rien à la chose it doesn't alter ou change anything, it makes no difference; qu'est-ce que ça peut bien te faire? what is it to you?;
    15 (entraîner, causer) faire des jaloux to make some people jealous; ça a fait leur fortune it made them rich; l'explosion a fait 12 morts the explosion killed 12 people, the explosion left 12 people dead; ne t'inquiète pas, ça ne fait rien! don't worry, it doesn't matter!; ça fait ou ce qui fait que j'ai oublié○ as a result I forgot; ‘qu'est-ce que j'ai fait?’-‘tu as fait que tu as menti○’ ‘what have I done?’-‘you lied, that's what you've done’; faites que tout se passe bien make sure that all goes well;
    16 ( transformer) to make; l'armée en a fait un homme the army made a man of him; ils veulent en faire un avocat they want to make a lawyer of him; elle en a fait sa confidente she's made her her confidante; ça a fait de lui un révolté it turned him into a rebel, it made him a rebel; j'en ai fait un principe I made it a principle; faire d'un garage un atelier to make ou turn a garage into a workshop; faire sien qch to make sth one's own;
    17 ( proclamer) faire qn duc/général to make sb a duke/general; la presse l'a fait diplomate ( à tort) the press made him out to be a diplomat; ne le fais pas pire qu'il n'est! don't make him out to be worse than he is!, don't paint him blacker than he is!;
    18 ( imiter) faire le malade/le courageux to pretend to be ill/brave; faire l'ignorant or celui qui ne sait rien to pretend not to know; faire le dictateur to act the dictator;
    19 ( tenir le rôle de) to be; quel plaisantin vous faites! what a joker you are!; vous ferez les voleurs! Jeux you be the robbers!; l'acteur qui fait le roi○ Cin, Théât the actor who plays the part of the king, the actor who is the king;
    20 ( dans un souhait) mon Dieu, faites qu'il réussisse! God, please let him succeed!; Dieu or le ciel fasse qu'il ne leur arrive rien! may God ou Heaven protect them!;
    21 ○( tromper) il me l'a fait au baratin/chantage he talked/blackmailed me into it; on ne me la fait pas! I'm not a fool!, I wasn't born yesterday!
    B vi
    1 (agir, procéder) to do, to act; je n'ai pas pu faire autrement I couldn't do otherwise; fais comme tu veux do as you like; elle peut faire mieux she can do better; dans ces situations, il faut faire vite in that sort of situation, one must act quickly; vas-y, mais fais vite! go, but be quick about it!; fais comme chez toi lit, iron make yourself at home;
    2 ( paraître) to look; faire jeune/son âge to look young/one's age; ça fait bien avec du bleu it looks nice with blue; tes lunettes font très distingué your glasses make you look very distinguished; il croit que ça fait chic de dire ça he thinks it's chic to say that;
    3 ( être) to be; il veut faire pompier he wants to be a fireman;
    4 ( dire) to say; ‘bien sûr,’ fit-elle ‘of course,’ she said; le canard fait ‘coin-coin’ the duck says ou goes ‘quack’; faire plouf/aïe etc to go plop/ouch etc;
    5 ( durer) to last; sa robe lui a fait deux ans her dress lasted her two years;
    6 (+ adverbe de quantité) ça fait cher/grand/trop etc it is expensive/big/too much etc;
    7 ( pour les besoins naturels) to go; tu as fait? have you been?; faire dans sa culotte ( déféquer) to dirty one's pants; ( uriner) to wet one's pants; fig to wet oneself;
    8 ○ faire avec ( se contenter de) to make do with [personne, objet, quantité]; ( supporter) to put up with [personne, situation]; elle est là, et il faudra faire avec she's here, and we'll have to put up with her.
    C se faire vpr
    1 (confectionner, exécuter, obtenir pour soi) se faire un café to make oneself a coffee; se faire de l'argent/des amis to make money/friends; se faire ses vêtements to make one's own clothes; se faire la cuisine soi-même to do one's own cooking; combien se fait-il par mois? how much does he make a month? ; se faire un mec◑ to have◑ a man;
    2 ( devenir) (+ adjectif attribut) to get, to become; (+ nom attribut) to become; il se fait vieux he's getting old; il se fait tard it's getting late; sa voix se fit dure his/her voice hardened ou became hard; se faire avocat to become a lawyer;
    3 ( se rendre) se faire belle/tout petit to make oneself beautiful/very small;
    4 ( s'inquiéter) s'en faire to worry; il ne s'en fait pas! ( sans inquiétude) he's not the sort of person to worry about things!; ( pas gêné) he's got a nerve!;
    5 ( s'habituer) se faire à to get used to [lieu, situation, idée]; je ne m'y fais pas I can't get used to it;
    6 ( être d'usage) ça se fait encore ici it's still done here; ça ne se fait pas de manger avec les doigts it's not the done thing ou it's not polite to eat with one's fingers;
    7 ( être à la mode) [couleur, style] to be in (fashion); le tweed se fait beaucoup cette année tweed is very much in this year; ça ne se fait plus it's no longer fashionable, it's out of fashion;
    8 ( être produit ou accompli) c'est ce qui se fait de mieux it's the best there is; le mariage s'est fait à Paris the wedding took place in Paris; le pont se fera bien un jour the bridge will be built one day; souhaitons que la paix se fasse let's hope there'll be peace;
    9 ( emploi impersonnel) il se fit que it (so) happened that; il se fit un grand silence there was complete silence; il s'est fait un déclic dans mon esprit something clicked in my mind; il pourrait se faire que je parte I might leave; comment se fait-il que…? how is it that…?;
    10 ( mûrir) [fromage] to ripen; [vin] to mature;
    11 ○( supporter) to put up with, to endure [importun]; il faut se le faire, son copain! his/her mate is a real pain○!;
    12 ( avec infinitif) se faire couler un bain to run oneself a bath; se faire comprendre to make oneself understood; se faire agresser to get mugged; tu vas te faire écraser! you'll get run over!
    [fɛr] verbe transitif
    A.[FABRIQUER, RÉALISER]
    1. [confectionner - objet, vêtement] to make ; [ - construction] to build ; [ - tableau] to paint ; [ - film] to make ; [ - repas, café] to make, to prepare ; [ - gâteau, pain] to make, to bake ; [ - vin] to make ; [ - bière] to brew
    [concevoir - thèse, dissertation] to do
    grand-mère est super — oui, on n'en fait plus des comme ça! (familier) grandma's great — yes, they broke the mould when they made her!
    2. [produire, vendre]
    faire du blé/de la vigne to grow wheat/grapes
    faire une marque/un produit to stock a make/an article
    je vous fais les deux à 350 euros (familier) you can have both for 350 euros, I'll take 350 euros for both
    3. [obtenir, gagner - bénéfices] to make
    faire de l'argent to earn ou to make money
    4. [mettre au monde]
    B.[ACCOMPLIR, EXÉCUTER]
    1. [effectuer - mouvement, signe] to make
    [saut périlleux, roue] to do
    fais-moi un bisou (familier) /un sourire give me a kiss/a smile
    2. [accomplir - choix, erreur, réforme, proposition] to make ; [ - inventaire] to do ; [ - discours] to deliver, to make, to give ; [ - conférence] to give ; [ - exercice] to do ; [ - recherches] to do, to carry out (separable) ; [ - enquête] to carry out (separable)
    la faire à quelqu'un (familier) [plaisanterie]: on ne me la fait pas, à moi! I won't be taken in!
    on me l'a déjà faite, celle-là I know that one already
    3. [étudier - matière, œuvre] to study, to do
    [suivre les cours de]
    4. [pratiquer]
    faire de la flûte/du violon to play the flute/the violin
    faire de l'équitation/de la natation/de la voile to go horseriding/swimming/sailing
    faire du basket/du tennis to play basketball/tennis
    5. [écrire - lettre] to write ; [ - contrat, testament] to write, to make
    6. [dire] to say
    il fit oui/non de la tête he nodded/he shook his head
    "non", fit-elle "no", she said
    la vache fait "meuh!" the cow goes "moo!"
    7. [nettoyer - chambre, vitres] to clean, to do ; [ - chaussures] to polish, to clean
    [tapisser, aménager - pièce, maison] to do, to decorate
    8. [action non précisée] to do
    faire quelque chose de quelqu'un/quelque chose: qu'ai-je fait de mes clefs ? what have I done with ou where did I put my keys ?
    donne-le moi! — non, rien à faire! give it to me! — nothing doing ou no way!
    tu lui as parlé ? — oui, mais rien à faire, il ne cédera pas did you talk to him ? — yes, but it's no use, he won't give in
    j'apprécie peu sa façon de travailler mais il faut bien faire avec! I don't like the way he works but I suppose I'll just have to put up with it!
    autant que faire se peut if possible, as far as possible
    mais bien sûr, tu n'as que faire de ma carrière! but of course, my career matters very little to you! ou you don't care about my career!
    C.[AVEC IDÉE DE DÉPLACEMENT]
    1. [se déplacer à la vitesse de]
    le train peut faire jusqu'à 400 km/h the train can do 400 km/h
    2. [couvrir - distance]
    le Concorde fait Paris-New York en moins de quatre heures Concorde goes ou flies from Paris to New York in less than fours hours
    3. [visiter - pays, ville] to do, to go to, to visit
    [inspecter, passer au crible]
    a. [j'y suis allé] I did ou went to ou tried every hotel in town
    b. [j'ai téléphoné] I called ou did ou tried every hotel in town
    D.[AVEC IDÉE DE TRANSFORMATION]
    1. [nommer]
    elle l'a fait baron she gave him the title of Baron, she made him a baron
    2. [transformer en]
    faire quelque chose de quelqu'un/quelque chose: des rats, la fée fit des laquais the fairy changed the rats into footmen
    garde les restes, j'en ferai une soupe keep the leftovers, I'll make a soup with them
    c'était un tyran et votre livre en fait un héros! he was a tyrant, and your book shows ou presents him as a hero!
    3. [devenir]
    "cheval" fait "chevaux" au pluriel the plural of "cheval" is "chevaux"
    4. [servir de]
    une fois plié, le billard fait table the billiard table, when folded, can be used ou can serve as a normal table
    5. [remplir un rôle, une fonction]
    il fera un bon mari he'll make ou be a good husband
    [imiter - personne] to imitate, to take off, to impersonate ; [ - automate, animal] to imitate
    ne fais pas l'innocent don't play the innocent, don't come the innocent with me (UK)
    E.[INDIQUE UN RÉSULTAT]
    1. [provoquer]
    ça va faire une marque/une auréole it will leave a mark/a ring
    faire quelque chose à quelqu'un [l'émouvoir] to move somebody, to affect somebody
    la vue du sang ne me fait rien I don't mind the sight of blood, the sight of blood doesn't bother me
    faire que: la gravitation, force qui fait que les objets s'attirent gravitation, the force which causes objects to be attracted towards each other
    [pour exprimer un souhait]
    2. [importer]
    qu'est-ce que cela peut faire? what does it matter ?, so what?
    cela ne fait rien it doesn't matter, never mind
    F.[INDIQUE UNE QUALITÉ, UNE FORME, UNE MESURE]
    1. [former]
    2. [coûter] to be, to cost
    3. [valoir, égaler] to be, to make
    on a dix euros, ça ne fait pas assez we've got ten euros, that's not enough
    4. [mesurer]
    [taille, pointure]
    [peser]
    je fais 56 kg I weigh ou am 56 kg
    5. [indique la durée, le temps]
    elle a téléphoné, cela fait bien une heure she phoned at least an hour ago
    G.[VERBE ATTRIBUTIF]
    1. [paraître]
    elle parle avec un léger accent, il paraît que ça fait bien! she talks with a slight accent, it's supposed to be smart!
    ça fait comment ou quoi de voir son nom sur une affiche? what's it like to see your name on a poster ?
    2. (familier) [devenir, embrasser la carrière de] to be
    H.[VERBE DE SUBSTITUTION] (toujours en rappel du verbe utilisé)
    ————————
    [fɛr] verbe intransitif
    [agir] to do
    fais comme chez toi [à l'arrivée de quelqu'un] make yourself at home
    fais comme chez toi, surtout! (ironique) you've got a nerve!, don't mind me! (ironique)
    tu ferais bien d'y réfléchir you'd do well to ou you should ou you'd better think about it!
    pour bien faire, il faudrait réserver aujourd'hui the best thing would be to book today, ideally we should book today
    ————————
    [fɛr] verbe impersonnel
    il fait chaud/froid it's hot/cold
    c'en est fait de (soutenu) : c'en est fait de vous you've had it, you're done for
    ————————
    [fɛr] verbe auxiliaire
    1. [provoquer une réaction]
    ça me fait dormir it puts ou sends me to sleep
    2. [forcer à] to make, to have
    a. [pour qu'il s'impatiente] let him wait
    b. [en lui demandant] ask him to wait
    n'essaie pas de me faire croire que... don't try to make ou to have me believe that...
    3. [commander de]
    fairefaire quelque chose par quelqu'un to have somebody do ou make something, to have something done ou made by somebody
    ————————
    faire dans verbe plus préposition
    ————————
    se faire verbe pronominal (emploi réfléchi)
    1. [réussir]
    2. [se forcer à]
    se faire pleurer/vomir to make oneselfcry/vomit
    ————————
    se faire verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)
    ————————
    se faire verbe pronominal (emploi passif)
    1. [être à la mode] to be fashionable, to be in fashion
    2. [être convenable]
    ça ne se fait pas de demander son âge à une femme it's rude ou it's not done to ask a woman her age
    3. [être réalisé]
    je dois signer un nouveau contrat, mais je ne sais pas quand cela va se faire I'm going to sign a new contract, but I don't know when that will be
    tu pourrais me prêter 1 500 euros ? — ça pourrait se faire could you lend me 1,500 euros ? — that should be possible
    comment se fait-il que... ? how come ou how is it that... ?
    il pourrait se faire que... it might ou may be that..., it's possible that...
    ————————
    se faire verbe pronominal intransitif
    1. [se former]
    3. [devenir] to become
    s'il arrive à l'heure, je veux bien me faire nonne! (familier) if he arrives on time, I'll eat my hat!
    4. [s'améliorer - fromage] to ripen ; [ - vin] to mature
    ————————
    se faire verbe pronominal transitif
    1. [fabriquer]
    2. [effectuer sur soi]
    [se maquiller]
    3. (familier) [gagner]
    elle se fait 4000 euros par mois she earns 4,000 euros per month, she gets 4,000 euros every month
    4. (familier) [s'accorder]
    on se fait un film/un petit café ? what about going to see a film/going for a coffee ?
    5. (familier) [supporter]
    6. (très familier & argot milieu) [tuer] to kill, to bump off
    [agresser] to beat up
    7. (vulgaire) [posséder sexuellement] to screw (vulgaire), to lay (vulgaire)
    ————————
    se faire à verbe pronominal plus préposition
    ————————
    s'en faire verbe pronominal intransitif
    elle s'en souviendra, ne t'en fais pas! she'll remember, don't you worry!
    encore au lit ? tu ne t'en fais pas! still in bed ? you're taking it easy, aren't you ?

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > faire

  • 12 NIÐ

    n. pl. the waning moon; the time before new moon; Máni stýrir göngu tungls ok ræðr nýjum ok niðum, and rules its waxing and waning.
    * * *
    f., pl. niðar, N. G. L. i. 29; dat. pl. niðjum, Vsp. 6 (later niðum); the gender is seen from the pl. niðar (l. c.) from the compd niðar- below, as also from the provinc. Norse and Swed. near; [Swed. nedar; Dan. næ; Ivar Aasen near]:— the wane of the moon, when there is ‘no moon;’ it is in use in Sweden and Denmark, but now obsolete in Iceland, except in the compd niða-myrkr, qs. niðar-myrkr; in old writers esp. in the allit. phrases, ný ok nið, full moon and no moon, Vþm. 25; Máni stýrir göngu tungls ok ræðr nýjum ok niðum, Edda 7; um ny hit næsta ok niðar (acc. pl.), N. G. L. i. 29; nótt með niðum, Vþm. 24; nótt ok niðjum (i. e. niðum) nöfn um gáfu, Vsp. 6; máni, ný, nið, Edda 76: poët., niða borg = the heaven, Skálda (in a verse).
    COMPDS: Nlðafjöll, niðamyrkr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > NIÐ

  • 13 hemelrijk

    n. Kingdom of Heaven, place where God rules, spiritual kingdom of God

    Holandés-inglés dicionario > hemelrijk

  • 14 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

    Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:
    IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysis
    JAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association
    SE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)
    PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)
    PQ - Psychoanalytic Quarterly
    WAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)
    PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)
    \
    О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts
    \
    1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.
    2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.
    3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.
    5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.
    6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.
    7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.
    8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.
    9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.
    10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.
    11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.
    12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.
    14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.
    15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.
    16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.
    17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.
    18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.
    19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.
    20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.
    21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.
    22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.
    23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.
    24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.
    25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.
    27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.
    28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.
    29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.
    31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.
    32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.
    33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.
    34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.
    36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.
    37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.
    38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.
    39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.
    40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.
    41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).
    42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.
    43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.
    44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.
    45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.
    47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.
    48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.
    49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.
    50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.
    51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.
    52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.
    53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.
    54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.
    55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.
    56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.
    57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.
    58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.
    59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.
    60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.
    61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.
    62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.
    63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.
    64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.
    65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.
    66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.
    67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.
    68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.
    69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.
    70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.
    71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.
    72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.
    73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.
    74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.
    75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.
    76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.
    77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).
    78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.
    79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.
    80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.
    81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.
    82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.
    83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.
    85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.
    86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.
    87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.
    88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.
    89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.
    90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.
    91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.
    92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.
    93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.
    94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.
    95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.
    96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.
    97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.
    98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.
    99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.
    100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.
    101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.
    102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.
    103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.
    104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.
    105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.
    106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.
    107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.
    110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.
    111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.
    112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.
    113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.
    114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.
    115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.
    116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.
    117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.
    119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.
    120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.
    121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.
    122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.
    123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.
    124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.
    125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.
    126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.
    127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.
    128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.
    130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.
    133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.
    134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.
    136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.
    137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.
    140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.
    141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.
    142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.
    143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.
    144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.
    145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.
    146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.
    147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.
    148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.
    149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.
    150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.
    151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.
    152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.
    153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.
    154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.
    155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.
    156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.
    157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.
    158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.
    159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.
    160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.
    161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.
    162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.
    163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.
    164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.
    165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.
    166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.
    167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.
    168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.
    170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.
    171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.
    172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.
    173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.
    174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.
    175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.
    176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.
    177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.
    178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.
    179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.
    180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.
    181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.
    183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.
    184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.
    185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.
    186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.
    187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.
    188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.
    189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.
    190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.
    191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.
    192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.
    193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.
    195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.
    196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
    197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.
    198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.
    199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.
    200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.
    201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.
    202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.
    203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.
    204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.
    205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.
    206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.
    207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.
    208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.
    210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.
    211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.
    212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.
    214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.
    215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.
    216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.
    218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.
    219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.
    220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.
    221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.
    222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.
    223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.
    224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.
    225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.
    227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.
    228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.
    229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.
    230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).
    231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.
    232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.
    233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.
    235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.
    236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.
    237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.
    238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.
    239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.
    240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.
    241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.
    242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.
    243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.
    244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).
    245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.
    246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.
    247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.
    248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.
    249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.
    250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.
    251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.
    252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.
    253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.
    254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.
    255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.
    256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.
    257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.
    258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.
    259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.
    260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.
    261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.
    262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.
    263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.
    264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.
    265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.
    266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.
    267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.
    268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.
    269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.
    270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.
    271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.
    272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.
    273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.
    274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.
    275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.
    276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.
    277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.
    278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.
    279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.
    280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.
    281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.
    282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.
    283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.
    284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.
    285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.
    286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.
    287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.
    288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.
    289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.
    290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.
    291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.
    292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.
    293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.
    294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.
    295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.
    296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.
    297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.
    298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.
    299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.
    300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.
    301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.
    302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.
    303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.
    304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.
    305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.
    306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.
    307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.
    308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.
    309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.
    310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.
    311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.
    312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.
    313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.
    314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.
    315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.
    316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.
    317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.
    318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.
    319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.
    320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.
    321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.
    322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.
    323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.
    324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.
    325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.
    326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.
    327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.
    328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.
    330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.
    331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.
    332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.
    335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.
    336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.
    337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.
    338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.
    339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).
    340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).
    341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.
    342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.
    344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).
    345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.
    346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.
    347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.
    348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.
    349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.
    350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.
    353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.
    354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.
    355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.
    356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.
    357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.
    358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.
    359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.
    360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.
    362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).
    365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.
    366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.
    367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.
    369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.
    371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.
    372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.
    373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.
    374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.
    375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.
    376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.
    377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.
    379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.
    380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.
    381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.
    383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.
    384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.
    385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.
    386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.
    387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.
    390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.
    391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.
    392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.
    394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.
    395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).
    396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.
    397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.
    399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.
    401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.
    402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.
    403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.
    404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.
    405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.
    406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.
    407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.
    409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).
    410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.
    411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.
    412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.
    414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.
    415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.
    416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.
    417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.
    418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.
    419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.
    421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.
    422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.
    423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.
    424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.
    425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.
    426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).
    427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.
    428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.
    429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.
    430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.
    432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.
    433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.
    434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.
    435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.
    436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.
    437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.
    438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.
    439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.
    440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.
    441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).
    442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.
    443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.
    444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.
    445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.
    446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.
    447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.
    449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.
    450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.
    451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.
    455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.
    457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.
    458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.
    459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.
    460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.
    461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.
    462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.
    463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.
    464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.
    465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.
    466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.
    467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.
    468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.
    469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.
    471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.
    473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.
    474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.
    475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.
    476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.
    477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.
    478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.
    479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.
    480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.
    481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.
    482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.
    483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.
    484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.
    485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.
    486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.
    487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).
    488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.
    489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.
    490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.
    491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.
    492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.
    493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.
    494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.
    495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.
    496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.
    498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.
    499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.
    502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.
    503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.
    504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.
    505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.
    506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.
    507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.
    508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.
    510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.
    511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.
    512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.
    516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.
    517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.
    518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.
    519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.
    521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.
    522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.
    524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.
    525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.
    526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.
    527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.
    529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.
    530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.
    531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.
    532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.
    533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.
    534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.
    535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.
    536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.
    538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.
    539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.
    540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
    541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.
    544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.
    545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.
    546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.
    548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.
    549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.
    550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.
    551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.
    552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.
    553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.
    554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.
    555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.
    556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.
    558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.
    560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.
    561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.
    562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.
    564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.
    565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.
    566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.
    567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.
    568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.
    569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.
    570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.
    571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.
    572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.
    573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.
    576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.
    577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.
    578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.
    579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.
    580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.
    581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.
    582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.
    585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.
    586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.
    587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.
    589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.
    590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.
    591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.
    592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.
    593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.
    595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.
    596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.
    597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.
    598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.
    599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.
    600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.
    601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.
    602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.
    604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.
    606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
    607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).
    608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.
    609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.
    610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.
    612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.
    613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.
    614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.
    615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.
    617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.
    618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.
    619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.
    621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.
    622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.
    623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.
    624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.
    626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.
    627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.
    628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.
    629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.
    631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.
    633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.
    634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.
    635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.
    636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.
    637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.
    638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.
    639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.
    640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.
    641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.
    642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.
    644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.
    645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.
    646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.
    647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.
    648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.
    649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.
    650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.
    652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.
    653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.
    654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.
    655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.
    656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.
    657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.
    658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.
    659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.
    660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.
    661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.
    663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.
    666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.
    667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.
    668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.
    669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.
    670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.
    671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.
    672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.
    673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.
    674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.
    675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.
    676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.
    677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.
    678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.
    679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.
    681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.
    682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.
    684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.
    685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.
    686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.
    687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.
    688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.
    690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.
    691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.
    692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.
    693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.
    695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.
    696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.
    697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.
    698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.
    699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.
    700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.
    702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.
    703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.
    704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).
    705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.
    706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.
    707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.
    708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.
    709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.
    711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.
    712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.
    713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.
    714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.
    715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.
    716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.
    717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.
    718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.
    719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.
    721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.
    722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.
    723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.
    724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.
    725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.
    726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.
    727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.
    728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.
    729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.
    730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.
    731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).
    733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.
    734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.
    735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.
    736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.
    737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.
    738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.
    739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.
    740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.
    741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.
    742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.
    743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.
    744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.
    745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.
    746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.
    747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.
    750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.
    751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.
    752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.
    753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.
    754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.
    755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.
    756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.
    757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.
    759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.
    760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.
    762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.
    763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.
    764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.
    765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.
    766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.
    768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.
    769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.
    770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.
    771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.
    772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.
    773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.
    774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.
    775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.
    776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.
    777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.
    778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.
    779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.
    780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.
    781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.
    782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.
    783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.
    784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.
    785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.
    787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.
    788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.
    789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.
    790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.
    791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.
    792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.
    793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.
    794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.
    795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.
    796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.
    797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.
    798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.
    799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.
    800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.
    801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.
    802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.
    803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.
    806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.
    807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.
    808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.
    809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.
    810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.
    811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.
    812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.
    813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.
    814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.
    815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.
    816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.
    817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.
    818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.
    819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.
    820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).
    821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.
    822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.
    825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.
    826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.
    828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.
    829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.
    830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.
    831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.
    832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.
    833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.
    834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.
    835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.
    836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.
    837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.
    838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.
    839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.
    840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.
    841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.
    842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.
    843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.
    845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.
    848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.
    849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).
    850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.
    852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.
    853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.
    854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.
    855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).
    856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.
    857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.
    858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.
    861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.
    862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).
    864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.
    865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.
    866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.
    867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.
    868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.
    869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.
    870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.
    871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.
    872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.
    873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.
    874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.
    875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.
    876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.
    877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.
    878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.
    879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.
    880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.
    881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.
    882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.
    884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.
    885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).
    886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.
    887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.
    888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).
    889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.
    891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.
    892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.
    894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.
    895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.
    898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.
    899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.
    900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.
    901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.
    902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.
    903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.
    904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.
    905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.

    Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

  • 15 προβαίνω

    προβαίνω, [tense] fut. - βήσομαι: [tense] pf. - βέβηκα: [tense] aor. 2 προὔβην, imper. πρόβᾱ, Ar.Ach. 262, E.Alc. 872 (lyr.), pl.
    A

    πρόβᾱτε S.OC 841

     (lyr.), E. HF 1047 (lyr.): Hom. has only [tense] pf. and [tense] pres. part. προβιβάς (as if from βίβημἰ, Il.13.18, but προβιβῶντα (- τἰ (as if from βιβάὠ ib. 807, al. codd. (v. infr.); imper.

    προβιβάσθων Hsch.

    ; part. προβάοντε, read by Aristarch. for προβοῶντε, Il.12.277;

    προβῶντες Cratin.126

    :— step forward, advance, κραιπνά, κοῦφα ποσὶ προβιβάς, Il.13.18, 158, Od.17.27; τὸν δ' ὦκα προβιβάντα (- βιβῶντα codd.)

    πόδες φέρον 15.555

    ; ὑπασπίδια προβιβάντι (- βιβῶντι codd.) Il.13.807, cf. 16.609;

    π. εὐθέσι τοῖς σκέλεσι Arist.HA 604b5

    : c. acc. cogn.,

    οἵαν ὁδὸν ἁ δειλαιοτάτα π. E.Alc. 263

     (lyr.); μέγα π. take a big stride forward, Hp.Art.60.
    b of hair, grow, Lib.Or.64.50.
    2 as a mark of Time, ἄστρα προβέβηκε they are far gone in heaven, i.e. it is past midnight. Il.10.252; ἡ νὺξ π. the night is wearing fast, X.An.3.1.13: hence of Time itself, τοῦ χρόνου προβαίνοντος as time went on, Hdt.3.53, 140;

    ὁ μὲν χρόνος δὴ διὰ χρόνου προὔβαινέ μοι S.Ph. 285

    ; also τὰ μὲν προβέβηκεν the past, Thgn.583; προβαίνοντος τοῦ ἔργου, τοῦ πολέμου, Hdt.7.23, Plb.2.47.3;

    τοῦ κώθωνος εὖ μάλα προβεβηκότος Hegesand.21

    ; ἐκ τοῦ προβεβηκότος, e re nata, on the spur of the moment, Plb.7.12.2: of Age,

    προβήσεται ἡ ἡλικία X.Ap.6

    ; of persons, οἱ προβεβηκότες τῇ ἡλικίᾳ advanced in age, Lys.24.16, cf. D.S.12.18; π. τῶν ἡμερῶν, ταῖς ἡμέραις, LXX Jo.13.1, 23.1: abs.,

    οἱ π. Bato 7.9

    , Luc.Nigr. 24;

    ἐπεὶ προέβη τοῖς ἔτεσιν Macho

     ap.Ath.13.580c;

    προβεβηκότες ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν Ev.Luc.1.7

    , cf. 18;

    ἡλικίας εἰς τὸ πρόσθε π. Pl.Ep. 325c

    ;

    π. εἰς πεντήκοντα ἔτη D.C.68.4

     (nisi leg. προεβεβιώκεἰ.
    3 metaph. of narrative, argument, action, events,

    μὴ πέρα προβῇς λόγου Cratin.66

    ;

    προβήσομαι ἐς τὸ πρόσω τοῦ λόγου Hdt.1.5

    ;

    προβάς φησιν..

     further on,

    Demetr.Lac.Herc.1012.12

    , cf. Phld.Rh.1.87 S.;

    π. ἐκ τῶν κνημέων ἐς τοὺς μηρούς

     went on..,

    Hdt.6.75

    ; προέβαινε τὸ ἔθνος ἄρχον καὶ ἐπιτροπεῦον the nation was organized in a series of overlordships and mandates, Id.1.134;

    προὔβης τῶνδε καὶ περαιτέρω A.Pr. 249

    ;

    π. ἐπ' ἔσχατον θράσους S.Ant. 853

     (lyr.);

    οἷ προβαίνει τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦ βουλεύματος Ar.Ach. 836

    ;

    ποῖ προβήσεται λόγος; E.Hipp. 342

    ;

    πέρας δὴ ποῖ κακῶν προβήσεται; Id.Or. 511

    , cf. 749;

    τὸ τῆς τύχης ἀφανὲς οἷ προβήσεται Id.Alc. 785

    ;

    μὴ προβαίη μεῖζον ἢ τὸ νῦν κακόν Id.Med. 907

    ;

    τὸ ἔθος ἐπὶ πολὺ προβαίνει Aeschin.1.179

    : impers., εἰς τοῦτο προβέβηκε ὥστε.. it has gone so far that..,Pl.Lg. 839c; π. πόρρω μοχθηρίας to be far gone in knavery, X.Ap.30;

    π. εἰς τοῦτο ἔχθρας ὥστε.. D.12.16

    ;

    εἰς ἀταξίαν Aeschin.3.38

    ;

    μέχρι τίνος Plb. 2.1.3

    ;

    ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον π. τὰ πράγματα Id.5.30.6

    : in good sense, make progress,

    τοσοῦτον προβεβήκαμεν ὥστε.. Pl.Tht. 187a

    ; of an enterprise, prosper, succeed, BGU1209.10 (i B.C.), etc.
    II go before, i.e. be superior to, another,

    πολὺ προβέβηκας ἁπάντων σῷ θάρσει Il.6.125

    ;

    κράτεϊ 16.54

    , cf. 23.890; δυνάμει τε καὶ αἰδοῖ Τρηχῖνος προβέβηκε by might and awe he is over, i.e. rules, Trachis, Hes. Sc. 355, cf. Call. Epigr.1.5.
    III c. acc. rei, overstep, τέρμα προβάς Pi N.7.71.
    V Causal, in [tense] fut. [voice] Act., move forward, advance, τίς τρόπος ἄνδρα προβάσει [pron. full] [ᾱ]; Pi.O.8.63.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > προβαίνω

  • 16 πᾶς

    πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν gen. παντός, πάσης, παντός (dat. pl. πᾶσι and πᾶσιν vary considerably in the mss.; s. W-S. §5, 28; cp. Rob. 219–21; on the use of the art. s. B-D-F §275) (Hom. +).
    ① pert. to totality with focus on its individual components, each, every, any
    ⓐ adj., used w. a noun without the art.
    α. in the sing. emphasizing the individual members of the class denoted by the noun every, each, any, scarcely different in mng. fr. the pl. ‘all’: πᾶν δένδρον Mt 3:10; Lk 3:9. πᾶσα φυτεία Mt 15:13. πᾶσα φάραγξ, πᾶν ὄρος Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4). πᾶς τόπος 4:37. πᾶς ἄνθρωπος J 1:9; 2:10; Ro 3:4 (Ps 115:2); Gal 5:3; Col 1:28abd; Js 1:19. πᾶσα γυνή GJs 11:2. πᾶν ἔθνος Ac 17:26a. πᾶσα ψυχή (Pla., Phdr. 249e) 2:43; 3:23 (cp. Lev 23:29); Ro 2:9; Jd 15. πᾶσα ἡμέρα Ac 5:42; 17:17. πᾶν σάββατον 18:4. πᾶσα ἀρχὴ καὶ πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 Cor 15:24 (cp. Just., D. 111, 2 οὗ τὸ ὄνομα πᾶσα ἀρχὴ δέδιεν). πᾶσα συνείδησις 2 Cor 4:2. πᾶς ἅγιος Phil 4:21. πᾶς οἶκος Hb 3:4 (GJs 7:3). πᾶσα ἀντιλογία 7:7. πᾶσα παιδεία all discipline 12:11. πᾶς ὀφθαλμός Rv 1:7a. πᾶν κτίσμα 5:13a.—Mt 23:35; Lk 2:23 (Ex 13:2); 4:13; 21:36; 2 Th 2:4 (Da 11:36). πᾶσα κτίσις every creature Col 1:15; ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει to every creature vs. 23. πᾶσα γραφή 2 Ti 3:16 (s. γραφή 2a).—πᾶσα σάρξ (כָּל־בָּשָׂר; used in the OT, also En 1:9; TestGad 7:2; GrBar 4:10; but not in EpArist, Philo, nor Joseph.) all flesh Lk 3:6 (Is 40:5); AcPlCor 2:6 and 16 (s. also 3b below). Mostly w. a neg. (so also En 14:21; 17:6) οὐ (or μή) … πᾶσα σάρξ no flesh = no one Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; Ro 3:20; 1 Cor 1:29; Gal 2:16 (cp. GrBar 8:7 οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα πνοή). Other sim. neg. expressions are also Hebraistic (s. B-D-F §302, 1; Mlt-H. 433f) οὐ … πᾶν ῥῆμα not a thing, nothing Lk 1:37 (cp. PRyl 113, 12f [133 A.D.] μὴ … πᾶν πρᾶγμα). οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινόν I have never eaten anything common Ac 10:14. Cp. Rv 7:1, 16; 9:4; 21:27. Also in reverse order, πᾶς … οὐ or μή (Ex 12:16; Sir 8:19; 10:6, but s. also GLee, ET 63, ’51f, 156) 18:22; Eph 4:29; 5:5; 2 Pt 1:20; 1J 2:21; 3:15b.—Only rarely is a ptc. used w. πᾶς in this way: παντὸς ἀκούοντος when anyone hears Mt 13:19. παντὶ ὀφείλοντι Lk 11:4 (Mlt-Turner 196f).
    β. w. a noun in the pl., without the art. πάντες ἄνθρωποι all people/men, everyone (Lysias 12, 60; Andoc. 3, 25; X., Cyr. 7, 5, 52, Mem. 4, 4, 19; Demosth. 8, 5; 18, 72) Ac 22:15; Ro 5:12a, 18ab; 12:17, 18; 1 Cor 7:7; 15:19; 2 Cor 3:2; Phil 4:5; 1 Th 2:15; 1 Ti 2:4; 4:10; Tit 2:11. πάντες ἄγγελοι θεοῦ Hb 1:6 (Dt 32:43; cp. Demosth. 18, 294 πάντες θεοί).
    ⓑ adj. used with a noun or ptc. with the art.
    α. in the sing. Oft. πᾶς ὁ, πάσα ἡ, πᾶν τό is used w. a ptc. (B-D-F §413, 2 and 3) every one who, whoever πᾶς ὁ (Soph., Aj. 152; Demosth. 23, 97; Sir 22:2, 26; 1 Macc 1:52; 2:27) πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος Mt 5:22. Cp. vss. 28, 32; 7:8, 26 (=πᾶς ὅστις vs. 24; s. below); Lk 6:47; 11:10; 14:11; 16:18; 18:14; 19:26; J 3:8, 15f, 20; 4:13; 6:40; 8:34; 18:37; Ac 10:43b; 13:39; Ro 2:1, 10; 10:4, 11; 1 Cor 9:25; Gal 3:13; 2 Ti 2:19; Hb 5:13; 1J 2:23, 29 al.; 2J 9; Rv 22:18.—πᾶν τό everything that (1 Macc 10:41): πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον Mt 15:17; Mk 7:18. πᾶν τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:34. πᾶν τὸ πωλούμενον 1 Cor 10:25; cp. vs. 27. πᾶν τὸ φανερούμενον Eph 5:14. πᾶν τὸ γεγεννημένον 1J 5:4.—An equivalent of this expr. is πᾶς ὅς (or ὅστις), πᾶν ὅ every one who, whatever (s. above and s. B-D-F §293, 1; 413, 2; Rob. 727; 957), masc.: Mt 7:24; 10:32; 19:29; Lk 12:8, 10 (RHolst, ZNW 63, ’72, 122–24), 48; 14:33; Ac 2:21 (πᾶς ὸ̔ς ἐάν, s. Jo 2:32); Ro 10:13 (πᾶς ὸ̔ς ἄν, s. Jo 3:5); Gal 3:10. Neut. (Jdth 12:14.—Jos., Ant. 5, 211 πᾶν ὅ = πάντες οἱ): J 6:37, 39; 17:2b; Ro 14:23; Col 3:17 (πᾶν ὅ τι ἐάν).
    β. w. a noun in the pl., w. the art. all
    א. w. substantives: πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί Mt 1:17; Lk 1:48; Eph 3:21; GJs 6:2 al. πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Mt 2:4. Cp. vs. 16; 4:8; 11:13; Mk 4:13, 31f; 6:33; Lk 1:6; 2:51; 6:26; J 18:20; Ac 1:18; 3:18; 10:12, 43a; 14:16; Ro 1:5; 15:11 (Ps 116:1); 16:4; 1 Cor 12:26ab; 2 Cor 8:18; 11:28; Eph 4:10; 6:16b; Col 2:13; 1 Ti 6:10; Hb 4:4 (Gen 2:2 and 3); 9:21; Js 1:8; Rv 1:7b; 7:11; 15:4 al.—Used w. a demonstr. pron.: πᾶσαι αἱ παρθένοι ἐκεῖναι Mt 25:7. πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 26:1. πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα Lk 1:65; 2:19.—Somet. following the noun: τὰς πόλεις πάσας Mt 9:35; Ac 8:40. οἱ μαθηταὶ πάντες the disciples, one and all Mt 26:56. αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι Ac 16:26a. Cp. Ro 16:16; 1 Cor 7:17; 13:2a; 15:7; 16:20; 1 Th 5:26; 2 Ti 4:21; Rv 8:3. οἱ Ἱεροσολυμῖται πάντες Mk 1:5.—On the position of ἐκεῖνος, ἕνεκα, πᾶς s. NTurner, VetusT 5, ’55, 208–13.
    ב. w. participles πάντες οἱ: πάντες οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες Mt 4:24. πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες 11:28; cp. 21:12; 26:52; Lk 1:66; 2:47; 13:17; Ac 1:19; 2:44; 4:16; 5:5, 11; 6:15; 9:14; 28:30; Ro 1:7; 4:11; 1 Cor 1:2; Eph 6:24; 1 Th 1:7; 2 Th 1:10; 2 Ti 3:12; 4:8; Hb 5:9; 13:24; 2J 1; Rv 13:8; 18:24. Following the ptc. οἱ κατοικοῦντες πάντες Ac 2:14. ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν 20:32.—πάντα τά: πάντα τὰ γενόμενα Mt 18:31. πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντα 24:47; Lk 12:44; 1 Cor 13:3. Cp. Lk 17:10; 18:31; 21:36; J 18:4; Ac 10:33b. Used w. a demonstr. pron.: περὶ πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτων Lk 24:14. Following: τὰ γινόμενα πάντα 9:7.
    ג. w. prepositional expressions, w. which ὄντες (ὄντα) is to be supplied (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 24 [Stone p. 10] πάντα τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] πάντες σου οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις): πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Mt 5:15; Ac 16:32. πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ Lk 5:9. πάντες οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις J 5:28. πάντες οἱ εἰς μακράν Ac 2:39. Cp. 5:17. πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ Ro 9:6. Cp. 2 Ti 1:15; 1 Pt 5:14. πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς Ac 4:24; 14:15 (Ex 20:11); cp. 17:24. Following: οἱ μετʼ ἐμοῦ πάντες Tit 3:15a (πάντες οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ JosAs 27:7).
    ⓒ π. used w. pronouns
    α. w. personal pronouns: πάντες ἡμεῖς we all Ac 2:32; 10:33a; 26:14; 28:2; Ro 4:16b. πάντες ὑμεῖς Mt 23:8; 26:31; Lk 9:48; Ac 4:10a; 22:3; Ro 1:8; 15:33; 2 Cor 7:15; Gal 3:28; Phil 1:4, 7ab, 8; 1 Th 1:2; 2 Th 3:16c, 18; Tit 3:15b; Hb 13:25. πάντες αὐτοί Ac 4:33; 19:17b; 20:36. Following the pron.: ἡμεῖς πάντες J 1:16; Ro 8:32a; 2 Cor 3:18; Eph 2:3. ὑμεῖς πάντες Ac 20:25. αὐτοὶ πάντες Mt 12:15; 1 Cor 15:10. W. art. οἱ πάντες ἡμεῖς 2 Cor 5:10.
    β. w. a demonstr. pron.: πάντες οὗτοι these all, all these Ac 2:7 v.l. Mostly following the pron.: οὗτοι πάντες 1:14; 17:7; Hb 11:13, 39. πάντα ταῦτα Mt 6:32; 24:8; Lk 7:18; Ac 24:8; 1 Cor 12:11; Col 3:14; 1 Th 4:6; Hm 5, 2, 5 cj. Joly. ταῦτα πάντα Mt 4:9; 6:33; 13:34, 51; Lk 12:30; Ac 7:50; Ro 8:37; 2 Pt 3:11.
    γ. πάντες ὅσοι, πάντα ὅσα all who, everything that, masc.: Lk 4:40 v.l. (for ἅπαντες); J 10:8. Neut. (TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 17 [Stone p. 20]; TestJob 4:2; GrBar 7:2; Philo, Aet. M. 15; 28; Jos., Ant. 8, 242; Just., A I, 44, 9) Mt 7:12; 13:46; 18:25; 21:22; Mk 11:24; 12:44b; Lk 18:12, 22; J 10:41. πάντες, ὸ̔ς ἄν Hs 7:7.
    ⓓ subst.
    α. πάντες, πᾶσαι all, everyone (even when only two are involved = both: Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 27 §105 [Caesar and Pompey]) Mt 10:22; 14:20; 15:37; 21:26; 26:27; Mk 1:37; 5:20; Lk 1:63 and oft. πάντες ἥμαρτον Ro 5:12 (on the sinfulness of πάντες cp. the saying of Bias s.v. πολύς 1aβא; FDanker, Ro 5:12, Sin under Law, NTS 14, ’68, 430, n. 1).—οὐ πάντες not everyone Mt 19:11. Cp. J 13:10; Ro 10:16.—πάντων as partitive and comparative gen. ὕστερον πάντων last of all Mt 22:27; cp. Mk 12:22, 43. Even in ref. to a fem. (Thu. 4, 52, 3; Aristoph., Av. 472) ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων Mk 12:28 (but s. B-D-F §164, 1).
    β. πάντα all things, everything. Abs. (Chrysippus in Stob., Ecl. 1, 1, 26 p. 31 W.; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6; M. Ant. 4, 23; Ael. Aristid. 43, 9 K.=1 p. 3 D.: ἀρχὴ ἁπάντων Ζεύς τε καὶ ἐκ Διὸς πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; Hymn to Selene in PGM 4, 2838f ἐκ σέο γὰρ πάντʼ ἐστὶ καὶ εἰς σʼ, αἰώνιε, πάντα τελευτᾷ [s. 4dβ]; PGM 5, 139; PKöln VI, 245, 16 of Athena [s. ed.’s comments]) Mt 11:27 = Lk 10:22 (s. the lit. on this pass. s.v. υἱός 2dβ. The word πάντα here is variously understood of authority and power [so ASchlatter (Mt), FBüchsel (TW II 173) et al.] or of knowledge and teaching: ENorden [Agn. Th. 288], TZahn [Mt], Grundmann [Lk] et al.; also JFitzmyer: “the knowledge of the mutual relation of himself and God” [AB Comm. Luke II 874]. IMarshall [Lk] follows BReicke [TW V 993 n. 289] and opts for both power and knowledge); J 1:3; 3:35; 21:17; 1 Cor 2:10; 15:27a (Ps 8:7), b, 28cd (πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν w. a somewhat different coloring: Dio Chrys. 54 [71], 1); Eph 1:22a (Ps 8:7); Rv 21:5. Here we may class ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων θεός (cp. Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 10; 13, 12, 4 ἐπὶ πάντων εἶναι τ. θεόν; Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 23 τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ) God, who rules over all Ro 9:5 (θεός 2). ὁ πάντων δεσπότης GJs 20:3 (codd.); cp. 11:2.—Of a ‘whole’ that is implied fr. the context: πάντα ἀποδώσω σοι Mt 18:26. Cp. 22:4; Mk 4:34; Lk 1:3; Ro 8:28 (s. Black s.v. συνεργέω); 2 Cor 6:10; Gal 4:1; Phil 2:14; 1 Th 5:21; 2 Ti 2:10; Tit 1:15; 1J 2:27; GJs 18:3 codd. πάντα ὑμῶν ἐστιν everything is yours, belongs to you 1 Cor 3:21, cp. 22 (Plut., Cic. 873 [25, 4] πάντα τοῦ σοφοῦ εἶναι; Diog. L. 6, 72). πάντα ὑμῶν everything you do 16:14. πρῶτον πάντων 1 Ti 2:1. πάντα four times as anaphora (rhetorical repetition) 1 Cor 13:7 (cp. Libanius, Or. 3 p. 275, 4 πάντα φθεγγόμενοι, πάντα ἐργαζόμενοι, πάντα χαριζόμενοι).—The acc. of specification stands almost in the sense of an adv. (B-D-F §154; Rob. 487) πάντα in all respects, in every way, altogether (Hom. et al.; Aelian, VH 12, 25; Jos., Ant. 9, 166; SibOr 3, 205; Ath. 35, 2) Ac 20:35 (perh. always, as Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 22 p. 590); 1 Cor 9:25b. πάντα πᾶσιν ἀρέσκω (s. ἀρέσκω 2a) 10:33; 11:2. Cp. KGrobel, JBL 66, ’47, 366 and s. τὰ πάντα in 4dβ below.—W. a prep.: εἰς πάντα in all respects, in every way (Pla., Charm. 6, 158a, Leg. 5, 738a; Appian, Iber. 17 §64, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §385; BGU 798, 7) 2 Cor 2:9. ἐν πᾶσιν in all respects, in every way (PGiss 69, 8; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 112 §467 [here ἐν ἅπασιν=in all respects]; Just., D. 80, 1 ἀσφαλὴς ἐν πᾶσι); 1 Ti 3:11; 2 Ti 2:7; 4:5; Tit 2:9, 10b; Hb 13:4, 18; 1 Pt 4:11. Perh. also Eph 1:23b. ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις in (or besides) all this (Sir 48:15; Job 2:10; 12:9; cp. Plut., Mor. 98f) Lk 16:26. κατὰ πάντα, s. κατά B 6. περὶ πάντων in every way (Mitt-Wilck I/2, 6, 9; SibOr 1, 198) 3J 2. πρὸ πάντων above all, especially (PRein 18, 27 [II B.C.]; BGU 811, 3; PAmh 135, 2; Just., D. 7, 3) Js 5:12; 1 Pt 4:8.
    ② any entity out of a totality, any and every, every
    ⓐ as adj. w. a noun in the sing. without the article every, any and every, just any, any at all μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε do not believe just any spirit 1J 4:1. περιφερόμενοι παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας Eph 4:14. περὶ παντὸς πράγματος about anything Mt 18:19. κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any reason at all 19:3. Cp. 4:4=Lk 4:4 v.l. (Dt 8:3); Mt 12:31; 2 Cor 1:4b (on ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν vs. 4a see 3b below).
    ⓑ as subst. without the art.
    α. πᾶς everyone without exception Lk 16:16.
    β. πᾶν, w. prep.: διὰ παντός s. διά A 2a. ἐν παντί in every respect or way, in everything (Pla., Symp. 194a; X., Hell. 5, 4, 29; SIG 1169, 27; Sir 18:27; 4 Macc 8:3; GrBar 9:8) πλουτίζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:5; 2 Cor 9:11. Cp. 2 Cor 4:8; 7:5, 11, 16; 8:7; 9:8b; 11:6a, 9; Eph 5:24; Phil 4:6; 1 Th 5:18.
    ③ marker of the highest degree of someth., all
    ⓐ as adj. w. a noun in the sing. without the art. full, greatest, all (Pla., Rep. 9, 575a; Demosth. 18, 279 al.; ins, freq. in accolades; pap.: New Docs 8 p. 62, 10 μετὰ πάσης πίστεως καὶ ἐπιμελείας ‘with all fidelity and care’; LXX; Tat. 39, 1 μετὰ πάσης ἀκριβείας) μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης Ac 4:29. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ 5:23. πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ in all good conscience 23:1. Cp. 17:11; 24:3; 2 Cor 9:8b; 12:12; Eph 4:2. ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει with the greatest perseverance 6:18c. Cp. Phil 1:20; 2:29; Col 1:11ab; 1 Ti 2:2b, 11; 3:4; 4:9; 5:2; Tit 2:15; Js 1:2; 2 Pt 1:5; Jd 3 al. ὑπομένειν πᾶσαν ὑπομονήν practice patient endurance to the limit Pol 9:1.
    ⓑ in related vein as adj. with noun in the sing. w. the art. all ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν in all our trouble 2 Cor 1:4a (on ἐν πάσῃ θλίψει vs. 4b s. 2a above); 7:4; 1 Th 3:7. ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν in all remembrance of you Phil 1:3. πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν all your care 1 Pt 5:7. τὸν πάντα χρόνον AcPlCor 2:4; τὴν πᾶσαν σάρκα 2:11 (cp. 1aα).
    ④ pert. to a high degree of completeness or wholeness, whole
    ⓐ as adj. w. a noun in the sing., without the art. all, the whole before proper names, mostly geographic (X., Hell. 4, 8, 28 προστάται πάσης Λέσβου ἔσονται al.; LXX) πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα Mt 2:3 (s. Ἱερ.). πᾶς Ἰσραήλ (3 Km 8:65; 11:16; 1 Esdr 1:19; 5:45, 58; Jdth 15:14) Ro 11:26 (s. W-S. §20, 11a and b; Rob. 772). The OT is also the source of πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραήλ (1 Km 7:2, 3) Ac 2:36 and, in subject matter, ἐπὶ παντὸς προσώπου τῆς γῆς 17:26b (but Gen 2:6 has πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς, and 7:23; 11:4, 8, 9 ἐπὶ προσώπου [or πρόσωπον] πάσης τῆς γῆς).—Perh. πᾶσα οἰκοδομή Eph 2:21 (s. W-S. §20:11 b; Rob. 772; Mlt-Turner 199f; MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.; M. Ant. 6, 36, 1; OGI 383, 86ff).
    ⓑ w. a noun in the sing., w. the art. the whole, all (the). Preceding the noun that has the art.: πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5. πᾶσα ἡ ἀγέλη the whole herd 8:32. Cp. vs. 34; 13:2; 21:10; 27:25, 45; Mk 2:13; 4:1. πᾶσα ἡ ἀλήθεια 5:33. πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις the whole creation (TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 7 [Stone p. 32]) Mk 16:15; Ro 8:22. Cp. Lk 1:10; 2:1, 10; Ac 3:9, 11; 5:21; 15:12. πᾶς ὁ κόσμος Ro 3:19b; Col 1:6. πᾶν τὸ σπέρμα Ro 4:16. πᾶσα ἡ γῆ 9:17 (Ex 9:16); Lk 4:25. πᾶσα ἡ γνῶσις, πᾶσα ἡ πίστις 1 Cor 13:2bc. πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα Eph 3:19; Col 1:19; 2:9. πᾶν τὸ σῶμα Eph 4:16; Col 2:19. Cp. Hb 9:19bc. W. a demonstrative pron. πᾶς ὁ λαὸς οὗτος all these people Lk 9:13. πᾶσα ἡ ὀφειλὴ ἐκείνη Mt 18:32.—Following the noun that has the article: τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν the whole matter of judgment J 5:22. εἰς τὴν ἀλήθειαν πᾶσαν into truth in all its outreach 16:13. τὴν ἐξουσίαν … πᾶσαν Rv 13:12.
    ⓒ πᾶς and πάντες stand attributively betw. art. and noun, when the noun is regarded as a whole, in contrast to its individual parts (cp. Kühner-G. I 632f).
    α. sing. (Thu. 2, 7, 2 ὁ πᾶς ἀριθμόσ=‘the whole number’; 8, 93, 2 τὸ πᾶν πλῆθος; X., Mem. 1, 2, 8 εἰς τὸν πάντα βίον; Pla., Gorg. 470e ἡ πᾶσα εὐδαιμονία; 2 Macc 2:17; 3 Macc 1:29; 6:14; 4 Macc 3:8) ὁ πᾶς νόμος the whole law Gal 5:14. τὸν πάντα χρόνον Ac 20:18.
    β. pl. (X., An. 5, 6, 7 οἱ πάντες ἄνθρωποι; Pla., Theaet. 204a τὰ πάντα μέρη) αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαί all the souls Ac 27:37. οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντες Ἰουδαῖοι 21:21. οἱ σὺν αὐτοῖς πάντες ἅγιοι Ro 16:15. οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ πάντες ἀδελφοί Gal 1:2.—W. numerals (Hdt. 7, 4; Thu. 1, 60, l) οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα the whole number of the men was about twelve Ac 19:7.—JBover, Uso del adjetivo singular πᾶς en San Pablo: Biblica 19, ’38, 411–34.
    ⓓ as subst.
    α. οἱ πάντες all (of them) (in contrast to a part) Ro 11:32ab; 1 Cor 9:22 (s. HChadwick, NTS 1, ’55, 261–75); Phil 2:21. (We, they) all Mk 14:64; 1 Cor 10:17; 2 Cor 5:14b. μέχρι καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες until we all attain Eph 4:13.
    β. τὰ πάντα. In the abs. sense of the whole of creation all things, the universe (Pla., Ep. 6, 323d τῶν πάντων θεός; hymn to Selene in EAbel, Orphica [1885] 294, 36 εἰς σὲ τὰ πάντα τελευτᾶ [s. 1dβ beg.]; Herm. Wr. 13, 17 τ. κτίσαντα τὰ πάντα; JosAs 8:2 ζωοποιήσας τὰ πάντα; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 208, Rer. Div. Her. 36, Somn. 1, 241; Just., A I, 67, 2 τὸν ποιητὴν τῶν πάντων; PGM 1, 212 κύριε τῶν πάντων; 4, 3077) Ro 11:36 (Musaeus: Vorsokr. 2 A 4 [in Diog. L. 1, 3] ἐξ ἑνὸς τὰ πάντα γίνεσθαι καὶ εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀναλύεσθαι. Cp. Norden, Agn. Th. 240–50); 1 Cor 8:6ab; 15:28ab; Eph 3:9; 4:10b; Phil 3:21; Col 1:16ab, 17b (HHegermann, D. Vorstellung vom Schöpfungsmittler etc., TU 82, ’61, 88ff); Hb 1:3; 2:10ab; Rv 4:11; 1 Cl 34:2; PtK 2 (four times).—In the relative sense, indicated by the context, everything (Κυπρ. I p. 42 no. 29 τὰς στοὰς καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐταῖς πάντα; PGiss 2, 14 [II B.C.] in a bill: τὰ π.=everything taken together) ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται everything (=all the instruction) is in parables Mk 4:11. Cp. Ac 17:25b; Ro 8:32b. Of everything in heaven and earth that is in need of uniting and redeeming Eph 1:10 (EWalter, Christus u. d. Kosmos [Eph 1:10] ’48); Col 1:20. τὰ πάντα they all (of the members of the body) 1 Cor 12:19. The neut. is also used of persons: Gal 3:22; cp. 1 Ti 6:13 (here including humankind and everything else that possesses life).—As acc. of specification, almost like an adv.: τὰ πάντα in all respects (Appian, Prooem. 6 §23) Eph 4:15 (s. 1dβ).—As a summation of what precedes all this (PCairZen 741, 16; 742, 22; BGU 1509 [all III B.C.]) 2 Cor 4:15; Phil 3:8b; Col 3:8.—Furthermore, πάντες can also have the limited sense nearly all (Xenophon Eph. 2, 13, 4 πάντας ἀπέκτεινεν, ὀλίγους δὲ καὶ ζῶντας ἔλαβε. μόνος δὲ ὁ Ἱππόθοος ἠδυνήθη διαφυγεῖν).—Mlt-Turner 199–201.
    ⑤ everything belonging, in kind, to the class designated by the noun, every kind of, all sorts of, adj. for the words παντοδαπός and παντοῖος, which are lacking in our lit.: πᾶσα νόσος καὶ πᾶσα μαλακία Mt 4:23. γέμουσιν πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας they are full of all kinds of uncleanness 23:27 (Ar. 15, 6). πᾶσα ἐξουσία 28:18. ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους from every kind of nation Ac 2:5. Cp. 7:22; 13:10ab; Ro 1:18, 29. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία (evil) desire of every kind 7:8. ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5b. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα every kind of sin 6:18. Cp. 2 Cor 7:1; 9:8bc; 10:5ab; Eph 1:3, 8, 21a; 4:19; 5:3; Phil 1:9; 2 Th 2:17. πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν Tit 1:16; 3:1. Cp. 2:14; Hb 13:21. πᾶσα δόσις, πᾶν δώρημα Js 1:17 (W-S. §20, 11b). Cp. vs. 21; 1 Pt 2:1ab; Rv 8:7 al.—B. 919. Schmidt, Syn. IV, 540–54, s. ἕκαστος and ὅλος. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πᾶς

См. также в других словарях:

  • Heaven and Hell (Black Sabbath album) — Children of the Sea redirects here. For the manga series, see Children of the Sea (manga). Heaven and Hell Studio album by Black Sabbath …   Wikipedia

  • Heaven and Hell (album de Black Sabbath) — Pour les articles homonymes, voir Heaven and Hell. Heaven and Hell Album par Black Sabbath Sortie 25 avril 1980 Enregistrement …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Heaven and Hell (álbum de Black Sabbath) — Para otros usos de este término, véase Heaven and Hell. Heaven and Hell Álbum de Black Sabbath Publicación 25 de abril de 1980 Grabación 1 de octubre de 1979 1 de enero de 1980 en …   Wikipedia Español

  • Heaven and Hell (Black Sabbath) — Heaven and Hell (album) Pour les articles homonymes, voir Heaven and Hell. Heaven And Hell Album par Black Sabbath Smoking Angels Sortie …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Heaven and Hell (album) — Pour les articles homonymes, voir Heaven and Hell. Heaven And Hell Album par Black Sabbath Smoking Angels Sortie …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Heaven and hell (album) — Pour les articles homonymes, voir Heaven and Hell. Heaven And Hell Album par Black Sabbath Smoking Angels Sortie …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Heaven and Hell (Album) — Heaven and Hell Studioalbum von Black Sabbath Veröffentlichung 25. April 1980 Label Vertigo Records …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Heaven & Hell — Heaven and Hell (groupe) Heaven and Hell Pays d’origine Royaume Uni Genre(s) Heavy metal Années actives 2006 à aujourd hui …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Heaven and Hell (Groupe) — Heaven and Hell Pays d’origine Royaume Uni Genre(s) Heavy metal Années actives 2006 à aujourd hui …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Heaven and hell (groupe) — Heaven and Hell Pays d’origine Royaume Uni Genre(s) Heavy metal Années actives 2006 à aujourd hui …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Heaven — may refer to the physical heavens, the sky or the seemingly endless expanse of the universe beyond.The term is used to refer to a plane of existence (sometimes held to exist in our own universe) in religions and spiritual philosophies, typically… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»